SemaDecl.cpp revision 04ca19b97e85381920df7214f2c31b6833b314ce
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 353/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 364 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 365 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 366 } 367 } 368 369 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 370} 371 372/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 373/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 374/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 375/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 376/// @code 377/// template<class T> class A { 378/// public: 379/// typedef int TYPE; 380/// }; 381/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 382/// public: 383/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 384/// }; 385/// @endcode 386bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 387 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 388 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 389 390 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 391 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 392 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 393 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 394 return true; 395 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 396 } 397 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 398} 399 400bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 401 SourceLocation IILoc, 402 Scope *S, 403 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 404 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 405 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 406 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 407 408 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 409 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 410 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 411 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 412 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 413 Validator)) { 414 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 415 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 416 417 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 418 // We corrected to a keyword. 419 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 420 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 421 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 422 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 423 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 424 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 425 II = NewII; 426 } else { 427 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 428 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 429 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 430 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 431 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 432 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 433 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 434 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 435 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 436 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 437 else 438 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 439 440 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 441 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 442 443 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 444 false, false, ParsedType(), 445 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 446 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 447 } 448 return true; 449 } 450 451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 452 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 453 UnqualifiedId Name; 454 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 455 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 456 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 457 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 458 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 459 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 460 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 461 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 462 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 463 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 464 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 465 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 466 } 467 return true; 468 } 469 } 470 471 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 472 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 473 474 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 475 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 476 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 478 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 479 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 480 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 481 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 482 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 483 484 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 485 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 486 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 487 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 488 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 489 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 490 } else { 491 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 492 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 493 } 494 495 return true; 496} 497 498/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 499/// or 500static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 501 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 502 NextToken.is(tok::less); 503 504 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 505 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 506 return true; 507 508 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 509 return true; 510 } 511 512 return false; 513} 514 515static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 516 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 517 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 518 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 519 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 520 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 521 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 522 const char *TagName = 0; 523 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 524 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 525 case TTK_Class: 526 TagName = "class"; 527 FixItTagName = "class "; 528 break; 529 530 case TTK_Enum: 531 TagName = "enum"; 532 FixItTagName = "enum "; 533 break; 534 535 case TTK_Struct: 536 TagName = "struct"; 537 FixItTagName = "struct "; 538 break; 539 540 case TTK_Union: 541 TagName = "union"; 542 FixItTagName = "union "; 543 break; 544 } 545 546 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 547 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 548 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 549 550 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 551 if (SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS)) { 552 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); 553 I != IEnd; ++I) 554 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 555 << Name << TagName; 556 } 557 return true; 558 } 559 560 Result.clear(Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 561 return false; 562} 563 564Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 565 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 566 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 567 SourceLocation NameLoc, 568 const Token &NextToken) { 569 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 570 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 571 572 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 573 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 574 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 575 576 } 577 578 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 579 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 580 581 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 582 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 583 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 584 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 585 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 586 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 587 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 588 return E; 589 } 590 591 bool SecondTry = false; 592 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 593 594Corrected: 595 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 596 case LookupResult::NotFound: 597 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 598 // call. 599 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 600 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 601 // FIXME: Reference? 602 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 603 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 604 605 // C90 6.3.2.2: 606 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 607 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 608 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 609 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 610 // the function call, the declaration 611 // 612 // extern int identifier (); 613 // 614 // appeared. 615 // 616 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 617 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 618 Result.addDecl(D); 619 Result.resolveKind(); 620 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 621 } 622 } 623 624 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 625 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 626 // "struct", or "union". 627 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 628 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 629 break; 630 } 631 632 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 633 // close to this name. 634 if (!SecondTry) { 635 SecondTry = true; 636 CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator; 637 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 638 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 639 &SS, DefaultValidator)) { 640 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 641 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 642 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 643 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 644 645 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 646 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 647 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 649 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 650 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 651 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 652 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 653 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 654 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 655 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 656 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 657 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 658 } 659 660 if (SS.isEmpty()) 661 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 662 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 663 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 664 else 665 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 666 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 667 << SS.getRange() 668 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 669 670 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 671 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 672 673 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 674 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 675 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 676 677 // Also update the LookupResult... 678 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 679 Result.clear(); 680 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 681 if (FirstDecl) { 682 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 683 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 684 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 685 } 686 687 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 688 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 689 // reference the ivar. 690 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 691 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 692 Result.clear(); 693 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 694 return move(E); 695 } 696 697 goto Corrected; 698 } 699 } 700 701 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 702 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 703 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 704 705 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 706 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 707 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 708 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 709 710 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 711 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 712 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 713 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 714 // qualified by the keyword typename. 715 // 716 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 717 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 718 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 719 // keyword here. 720 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 721 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 722 } 723 724 case LookupResult::Found: 725 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 726 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 727 break; 728 729 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 731 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 732 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 733 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 734 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 735 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 736 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 737 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 738 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 739 // ambiguous. 740 // 741 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 742 // so try again after filtering out template names. 743 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 744 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 745 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 746 break; 747 } 748 } 749 750 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 751 return NameClassification::Error(); 752 } 753 754 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 755 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 756 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 757 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 758 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 759 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 760 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 761 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 762 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 763 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 764 765 if (!Result.empty()) { 766 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 767 TemplateName Template; 768 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 769 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 770 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 771 Result.end()); 772 } else { 773 TemplateDecl *TD 774 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 775 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 776 777 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 778 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 779 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 780 TD); 781 else 782 Template = TemplateName(TD); 783 } 784 785 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 786 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 787 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 788 // to based on which function we selected. 789 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 790 791 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 792 } 793 794 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 795 } 796 } 797 798 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 799 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 800 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 801 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 802 return ParsedType::make(T); 803 } 804 805 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 806 if (!Class) { 807 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 808 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 809 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 810 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 811 } 812 813 if (Class) { 814 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 815 816 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 817 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 818 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 819 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 820 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 821 } 822 823 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 824 return ParsedType::make(T); 825 } 826 827 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 828 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 829 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 && FirstDecl && !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 830 !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 831 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 832 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 833 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 834 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 835 FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 836 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 837 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 838 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 839 return ParsedType::make(T); 840 } 841 } 842 } 843 844 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 845 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 846 847 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 848 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 849} 850 851// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 852// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 853// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 854DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 855 856 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 857 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 858 // the context we'll need to return to. 859 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 860 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 861 862 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 863 // lexical context. 864 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 865 return DC; 866 867 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 868 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 869 // class is the context we need to return to. 870 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 871 DC = RD; 872 873 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 874 // declared in. 875 return DC; 876 } 877 878 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 879} 880 881void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 882 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 883 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 884 CurContext = DC; 885 S->setEntity(DC); 886} 887 888void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 889 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 890 891 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 892 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 893} 894 895/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 896/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 897/// 898void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 899 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 900 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 901 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 902 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 903 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 904 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 905 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 906 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 907 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 908 // namespace. 909 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 910 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 911 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 912 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 913 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 914 915 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 916 917#ifndef NDEBUG 918 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 919 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 920 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 921#endif 922 923 CurContext = DC; 924 S->setEntity(DC); 925} 926 927void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 928 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 929 930 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 931 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 932 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 933 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 934 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 935 936 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 937 // disappear. 938} 939 940 941void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 942 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 943 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 944 // We assume that the caller has already called 945 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 946 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 947 } 948 if (!FD) 949 return; 950 951 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 952 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 953 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 954 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 955 CurContext = FD; 956 S->setEntity(CurContext); 957 958 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 959 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 960 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 961 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 962 S->AddDecl(Param); 963 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 964 } 965 } 966} 967 968 969void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 970 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 971 // rather than the top-level class. 972 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 973 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 974 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 975} 976 977 978/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 979/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 980/// 981/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 982/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 983/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 984/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 985/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 986/// attribute. 987static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 988 ASTContext &Context) { 989 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 990 return true; 991 992 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 993 return true; 994 995 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 996 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 997} 998 999/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1000void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1001 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1002 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1003 // scope. 1004 while (S->getEntity() && 1005 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1006 S = S->getParent(); 1007 1008 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1009 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1010 // into any context. 1011 if (AddToContext) 1012 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1013 1014 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1015 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1016 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1017 D->isOutOfLine() && 1018 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1019 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1020 return; 1021 1022 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1023 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1024 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1025 return; 1026 1027 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1028 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1029 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1030 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1031 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1032 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1033 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1034 1035 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1036 break; 1037 } 1038 } 1039 1040 S->AddDecl(D); 1041 1042 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1043 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1044 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1045 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1046 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1047 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1048 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1049 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1050 continue; 1051 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1052 break; 1053 } 1054 1055 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1056 } else { 1057 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1058 } 1059} 1060 1061void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1062 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1063 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1064} 1065 1066bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1067 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1068 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 1069 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1070} 1071 1072Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1073 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1074 do { 1075 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1076 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1077 return S; 1078 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1079 1080 return 0; 1081} 1082 1083static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1084 DeclContext*, 1085 ASTContext&); 1086 1087/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1088/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1089void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1090 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1091 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1092 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1093 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1094 while (F.hasNext()) { 1095 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1096 1097 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1098 continue; 1099 1100 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1101 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1102 continue; 1103 1104 F.erase(); 1105 } 1106 1107 F.done(); 1108} 1109 1110static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1111 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1112 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1113 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1114} 1115 1116/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1117static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1118 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1119 while (F.hasNext()) 1120 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1121 F.erase(); 1122 1123 F.done(); 1124} 1125 1126/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1127/// @code 1128/// class S { 1129/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1130/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1131/// }; 1132/// @endcode 1133static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1134 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1135 // the decl here. 1136 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1137 return false; 1138 1139 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1140 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1141 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1142 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1143 return false; 1144} 1145 1146bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1147 assert(D); 1148 1149 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1150 return false; 1151 1152 // Ignore class templates. 1153 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1154 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1155 return false; 1156 1157 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1158 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1159 return false; 1160 1161 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1162 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1163 return false; 1164 } else { 1165 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1166 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1167 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1168 return false; 1169 } 1170 1171 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1172 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1173 return false; 1174 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1175 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1176 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1177 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1178 return false; 1179 1180 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1181 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1182 return false; 1183 1184 } else { 1185 return false; 1186 } 1187 1188 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1189 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 return true; 1193} 1194 1195void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1196 if (!D) 1197 return; 1198 1199 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1200 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1201 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1202 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1203 } 1204 1205 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1207 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1208 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1209 } 1210 1211 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1212 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1213} 1214 1215static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1216 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1217 return false; 1218 1219 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1220 return false; 1221 1222 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1223 return true; 1224 1225 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1226 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1227 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1228 return false; 1229 1230 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1231 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1232 1233 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1234 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1235 1236 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1237 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1238 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1239 return false; 1240 } 1241 1242 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1243 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1244 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1245 return false; 1246 1247 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1248 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1249 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1250 return false; 1251 1252 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1253 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1257 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1258 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1259 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1260 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1261 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1262 return false; 1263 } 1264 } 1265 } 1266 } 1267 1268 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1269 } 1270 1271 return true; 1272} 1273 1274static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1275 FixItHint &Hint) { 1276 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1277 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1278 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1279 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1280 return; 1281 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1282 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1283 } 1284 return; 1285} 1286 1287/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1288/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1289void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1290 FixItHint Hint; 1291 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1292 return; 1293 1294 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1295 1296 unsigned DiagID; 1297 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1298 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1299 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1300 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1301 else 1302 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1303 1304 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1305} 1306 1307static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1308 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1309 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1310 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1311 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1312 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1313} 1314 1315void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1316 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1317 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1318 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1319 1320 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1321 I != E; ++I) { 1322 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1323 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1324 1325 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1326 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1327 1328 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1329 1330 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1331 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1332 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1333 1334 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1335 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1336 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1337 1338 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1339 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1340 } 1341} 1342 1343void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1344 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1345} 1346 1347void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1348 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1349 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1350} 1351 1352/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1353/// 1354/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1355/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1356/// to the fixed name. 1357/// 1358/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1359/// 1360/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1361/// if there is no class with the given name. 1362/// 1363/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1364/// class could not be found. 1365ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1366 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1367 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1368 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1369 // creation from this context. 1370 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1371 1372 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1373 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1374 // find an Objective-C class name. 1375 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1376 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1377 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1378 Validator)) { 1379 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1380 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1381 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1382 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1383 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1384 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1385 1386 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1387 } 1388 } 1389 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1390 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1391 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1392 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1393 return Def; 1394} 1395 1396/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1397/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1398/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1399/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1400/// ill-formed in C++: 1401/// @code 1402/// struct S6 { 1403/// enum { BAR } e; 1404/// }; 1405/// 1406/// void test_S6() { 1407/// struct S6 a; 1408/// a.e = BAR; 1409/// } 1410/// @endcode 1411/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1412/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1413/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1414/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1415/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1416/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1417/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1418/// contain non-field names. 1419Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1420 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1421 (S->getEntity() && 1422 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1423 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1424 S = S->getParent(); 1425 return S; 1426} 1427 1428/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1429/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1430/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1431/// built-in. 1432NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1433 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1434 SourceLocation Loc) { 1435 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1436 1437 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1438 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1439 switch (Error) { 1440 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1441 // Okay 1442 break; 1443 1444 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1445 if (ForRedeclaration) 1446 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1447 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1448 return 0; 1449 1450 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1451 if (ForRedeclaration) 1452 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1453 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1454 return 0; 1455 1456 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1457 if (ForRedeclaration) 1458 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1459 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1460 return 0; 1461 } 1462 1463 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1464 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1465 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1466 << R; 1467 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1468 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1469 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1470 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1471 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1472 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1473 } 1474 1475 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1476 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1477 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1478 SC_Extern, 1479 SC_None, false, 1480 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1481 New->setImplicit(); 1482 1483 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1484 // FunctionDecl. 1485 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1486 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1487 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1488 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1489 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1490 SourceLocation(), 0, 1491 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1492 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1493 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1494 Params.push_back(parm); 1495 } 1496 New->setParams(Params); 1497 } 1498 1499 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1500 1501 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1502 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1503 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1504 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1505 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1506 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1507 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1508 CurContext = SavedContext; 1509 return New; 1510} 1511 1512bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1513 QualType OldType; 1514 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1515 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1516 else 1517 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1518 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1519 1520 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1521 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1522 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1523 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1524 << Kind << NewType; 1525 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1526 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1527 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1528 return true; 1529 } 1530 1531 if (OldType != NewType && 1532 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1533 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1534 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1535 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1536 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1537 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1538 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1539 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1540 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1541 return true; 1542 } 1543 return false; 1544} 1545 1546/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1547/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1548/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1549/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1550/// 1551void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1552 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1553 // merging checks. 1554 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1555 1556 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1557 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1558 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1559 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1560 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1561 default: break; 1562 case 2: 1563 { 1564 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1565 break; 1566 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1567 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1568 break; 1569 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1570 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1571 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1572 break; 1573 } 1574 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1575 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1576 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1577 return; 1578 } 1579 case 5: 1580 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1581 break; 1582 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1583 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1584 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1585 return; 1586 case 3: 1587 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1588 break; 1589 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1590 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1591 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1592 return; 1593 } 1594 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1595 } 1596 1597 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1598 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1599 if (!Old) { 1600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1601 << New->getDeclName(); 1602 1603 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1604 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1605 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1606 1607 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1608 } 1609 1610 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1611 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1612 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1613 1614 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1615 // with any extensions enabled. 1616 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1617 return; 1618 1619 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1620 // declaration was a typedef. 1621 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1622 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1623 1624 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1625 return; 1626 1627 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1628 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1629 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1630 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1631 // to the type to which it already refers. 1632 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1633 return; 1634 1635 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1636 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1637 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1638 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1639 // 1640 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1641 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1642 // 1643 // struct S { 1644 // typedef struct A { } A; 1645 // }; 1646 // 1647 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1648 // allow the above but disallow 1649 // 1650 // struct S { 1651 // typedef int I; 1652 // typedef int I; 1653 // }; 1654 // 1655 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1656 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1657 return; 1658 1659 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1660 << New->getDeclName(); 1661 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1662 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1663 } 1664 1665 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1666 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1667 return; 1668 1669 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1670 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1671 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1672 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1673 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1674 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1675 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1676 return; 1677 1678 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1679 << New->getDeclName(); 1680 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1681 return; 1682} 1683 1684/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1685/// attribute. 1686static bool 1687DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1688 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1689 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1690 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1691 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1692 if (AA) 1693 return false; 1694 1695 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1696 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1697 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1698 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1699 if (Ann) { 1700 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1701 return true; 1702 continue; 1703 } 1704 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1705 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1706 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1707 return true; 1708 } 1709 1710 return false; 1711} 1712 1713bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1714 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1715 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1716 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1717 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1718 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1719 AA->getMessage()); 1720 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1721 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1722 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1723 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1724 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1725 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1726 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1727 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1728 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1729 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1730 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1731 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1732 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1733 1734 if (NewAttr) { 1735 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1736 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1737 return true; 1738 } 1739 1740 return false; 1741} 1742 1743static const Decl *getDefinition(Decl *D) { 1744 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1745 return TD->getDefinition(); 1746 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1747 return VD->getDefinition(); 1748 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1749 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1750 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1751 return Def; 1752 } 1753 return NULL; 1754} 1755 1756/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1757void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1758 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1759 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1760 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1761 if (Def && Def != New && New->hasAttrs()) { 1762 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1763 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1764 New->dropAttrs(); 1765 } 1766 1767 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1768 return; 1769 1770 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1771 1772 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1773 // we process them. 1774 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1775 1776 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1777 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1778 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1779 i != e; ++i) { 1780 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1781 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1782 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1783 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1784 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1785 continue; 1786 1787 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1788 foundAny = true; 1789 } 1790 1791 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1792} 1793 1794/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1795/// to the new one. 1796static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1797 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1798 ASTContext &C) { 1799 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1800 return; 1801 1802 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1803 1804 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1805 // done before we process them. 1806 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1807 1808 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1809 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1810 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1811 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1812 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1813 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1814 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1815 foundAny = true; 1816 } 1817 } 1818 1819 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1820} 1821 1822namespace { 1823 1824/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1825/// C. 1826struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1827 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1828 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1829 QualType PromotedType; 1830}; 1831 1832} 1833 1834/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1835Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1836 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1837 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1838 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1839 1840 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1841 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1842 1843 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1844 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1845 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1846 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1847 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1848 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1849 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1850 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1851 } 1852 1853 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1854} 1855 1856/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1857/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1858/// GNU89 mode. 1859static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1860 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1861 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1862 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1863 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1864 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1865} 1866 1867/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1868/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1869/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1870/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1871/// 1872/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1873/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1874/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1875/// merged with. 1876/// 1877/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1878bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 1879 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1880 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1881 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1882 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1883 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1884 else 1885 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1886 if (!Old) { 1887 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1888 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1889 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1890 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1891 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1892 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1893 return true; 1894 } 1895 1896 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1897 << New->getDeclName(); 1898 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1899 return true; 1900 } 1901 1902 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1903 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1904 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1905 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1906 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1907 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1908 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1909 else 1910 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1911 1912 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1913 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1914 1915 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1916 // is an extern inline function. 1917 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1918 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1919 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1920 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 1921 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 1922 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1923 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1924 } else { 1925 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1926 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1927 return true; 1928 } 1929 } 1930 1931 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1932 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1933 // calling convention of the first. 1934 // 1935 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1936 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1937 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1938 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1939 // because it is the default calling convention. 1940 // 1941 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1942 // other tests to run. 1943 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1944 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1945 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1946 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1947 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1948 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1949 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1950 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1951 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1952 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1953 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1954 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1955 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1956 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1957 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1958 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1959 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1960 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1961 return true; 1962 } 1963 1964 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1965 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1966 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1967 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1968 } 1969 1970 // Merge regparm attribute. 1971 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1972 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1973 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1974 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1975 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1976 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1977 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1978 return true; 1979 } 1980 1981 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1982 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1983 } 1984 1985 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 1986 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1987 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1988 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 1989 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1990 return true; 1991 } 1992 1993 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 1994 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1995 } 1996 1997 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1998 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1999 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2000 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2001 } 2002 2003 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2004 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2005 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2006 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2007 // cannot be overloaded. 2008 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2009 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2010 QualType ResQT; 2011 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2012 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2013 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2014 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2015 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2016 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2017 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2018 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2019 else 2020 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2021 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2022 return true; 2023 } 2024 else 2025 NewQType = ResQT; 2026 } 2027 2028 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2029 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2030 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2031 // Preserve triviality. 2032 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2033 2034 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2035 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2036 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2037 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2038 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2039 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2040 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2041 2042 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2043 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2044 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2045 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2046 // is a static member function declaration. 2047 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2048 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2049 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2050 return true; 2051 } 2052 2053 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2054 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2055 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2056 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2057 unsigned NewDiag; 2058 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2059 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2060 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2061 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2062 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2063 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2064 else 2065 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2066 2067 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2068 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2069 2070 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2071 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2072 // 2073 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2074 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2075 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2076 if (isFriend) { 2077 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2078 } else { 2079 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2080 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2081 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2082 return true; 2083 } 2084 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2085 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2086 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2087 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2088 return true; 2089 } 2090 } 2091 2092 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2093 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2094 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2095 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2096 2097 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2098 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2099 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2100 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2101 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2102 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2103 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2104 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2105 } 2106 2107 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2108 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2109 2110 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2111 } 2112 2113 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2114 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2115 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2116 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2117 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2118 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2119 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2120 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2121 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2122 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2123 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2124 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2125 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2126 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2127 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2128 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2129 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2130 New->setType(NewQType); 2131 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2132 2133 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2134 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2135 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2136 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2137 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2138 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2139 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2140 SourceLocation(), 2141 SourceLocation(), 0, 2142 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2143 SC_None, SC_None, 2144 0); 2145 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2146 Param->setImplicit(); 2147 Params.push_back(Param); 2148 } 2149 2150 New->setParams(Params); 2151 } 2152 2153 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2154 } 2155 2156 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2157 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2158 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2159 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2160 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2161 // the prototype. 2162 // 2163 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2164 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2165 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2166 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2167 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2168 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2169 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2170 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2171 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2172 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2173 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2174 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2175 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2176 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2177 2178 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2179 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2180 NewProto->getResultType()); 2181 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2182 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2183 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2184 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2185 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2186 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2187 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2188 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2189 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2190 NewParm->getType(), 2191 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2192 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2193 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2194 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2195 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2196 } else 2197 LooseCompatible = false; 2198 } 2199 2200 if (LooseCompatible) { 2201 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2202 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2203 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2204 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2205 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2206 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2207 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2208 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2209 } 2210 2211 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2212 ArgTypes.size(), 2213 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2214 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2215 } 2216 2217 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2218 } 2219 2220 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2221 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2222 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2223 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2224 // signature. 2225 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2226 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2227 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2228 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2229 // library built-in. 2230 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2231 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2232 << Old << Old->getType(); 2233 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2234 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2235 return false; 2236 } 2237 2238 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2239 } 2240 2241 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2242 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2243 return true; 2244} 2245 2246/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2247/// known to be compatible. 2248/// 2249/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2250/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2251/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2252/// redeclaration of Old. 2253/// 2254/// \returns false 2255bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2256 Scope *S) { 2257 // Merge the attributes 2258 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2259 2260 // Merge the storage class. 2261 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2262 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2263 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2264 2265 // Merge "pure" flag. 2266 if (Old->isPure()) 2267 New->setPure(); 2268 2269 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2270 // declarations. 2271 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2272 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2273 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2274 Context); 2275 2276 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2277 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2278 2279 return false; 2280} 2281 2282 2283void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2284 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2285 2286 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2287 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2288 2289 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2290 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2291 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2292 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2293 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2294 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2295 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2296 2297 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2298} 2299 2300/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2301/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2302/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2303/// 2304/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2305/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2306/// is attached. 2307void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2308 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2309 return; 2310 2311 QualType MergedT; 2312 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2313 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2314 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2315 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2316 return; 2317 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2318 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2319 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2320 } 2321 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2322 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2323 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2324 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2325 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2326 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2327 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2328 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2329 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2330 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2331 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2332 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2333 MergedT = New->getType(); 2334 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2335 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2336 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2337 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2338 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2339 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2340 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2341 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2342 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2343 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2344 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2345 Old->getType()); 2346 } 2347 } else { 2348 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2349 } 2350 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2351 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2352 << New->getDeclName(); 2353 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2354 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2355 } 2356 New->setType(MergedT); 2357} 2358 2359/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2360/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2361/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2362/// 2363/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2364/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2365/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2366/// 2367void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2368 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2369 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2370 return; 2371 2372 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2373 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2374 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2375 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2376 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2377 << New->getDeclName(); 2378 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2379 diag::note_previous_definition); 2380 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2381 } 2382 2383 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2384 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2385 // 2386 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2387 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2388 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2389 << New->getIdentifier(); 2390 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2391 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2392 } 2393 2394 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2395 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2396 // declaration 2397 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2398 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2399 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2400 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2401 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2402 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2403 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2404 } 2405 2406 // Merge the types. 2407 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2408 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2409 return; 2410 2411 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2412 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2413 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2414 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2415 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2416 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2417 } 2418 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2419 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2420 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2421 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2422 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2423 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2424 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2425 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2426 // identifier has external linkage. 2427 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2428 /* Okay */; 2429 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2430 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2431 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2432 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2433 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2434 } 2435 2436 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2437 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2438 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2439 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2440 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2441 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2442 } 2443 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2444 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2446 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2447 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2448 } 2449 2450 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2451 2452 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2453 // need to check for mismatches. 2454 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2455 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2456 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2457 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2458 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2459 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2460 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2461 } 2462 2463 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2464 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2465 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2466 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2467 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2468 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2469 } 2470 2471 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2472 const VarDecl *Def; 2473 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2474 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2475 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2476 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2477 << New->getDeclName(); 2478 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2479 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2480 return; 2481 } 2482 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2483 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2484 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2485 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2486 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2487 // specified at the prior declaration. 2488 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2489 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2490 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2491 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2492 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2493 2494 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2495 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2496 2497 // Inherit access appropriately. 2498 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2499} 2500 2501/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2502/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2503Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2504 DeclSpec &DS) { 2505 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2506 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2507} 2508 2509/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2510/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2511/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2512Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2513 DeclSpec &DS, 2514 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2515 Decl *TagD = 0; 2516 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2517 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2518 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2519 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2520 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2521 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2522 2523 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2524 return 0; 2525 2526 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2527 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2528 // it's a Type. 2529 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2530 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2531 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2532 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2533 } 2534 2535 if (Tag) { 2536 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2537 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2538 return Tag; 2539 } 2540 2541 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2542 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2543 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2544 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2545 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2546 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2547 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2548 } 2549 2550 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2551 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2552 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2553 if (Tag) 2554 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2555 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2556 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2557 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2558 else 2559 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2560 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2561 return TagD; 2562 } 2563 2564 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2565 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2566 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2567 if (TagD && !Tag) 2568 return 0; 2569 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2570 } 2571 2572 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2573 // declarators. 2574 bool emittedWarning = false; 2575 2576 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2577 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2578 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2579 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2580 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2581 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2582 2583 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2584 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2585 emittedWarning = true; 2586 } 2587 } 2588 2589 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2590 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2591 CurContext->isRecord() && 2592 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2593 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2594 // struct STRUCT; 2595 // and 2596 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2597 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2598 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2599 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2600 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2601 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2602 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2603 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2604 } 2605 } 2606 2607 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2608 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2609 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2610 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2611 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2612 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2613 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2614 emittedWarning = true; 2615 } 2616 2617 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2618 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2619 2620 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2621 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2622 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2623 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2624 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2625 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2626 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2627 return Tag; 2628 } 2629 2630 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2631 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2632 emittedWarning = true; 2633 } 2634 2635 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2636 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2637 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2638 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2639 return TagD; 2640 2641 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2642 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2643 // useless. 2644 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2645 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2646 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2647 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2648 2649 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2650 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2651 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2652 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2653 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2654 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2655 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2656 // Restrict is covered above. 2657 } 2658 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2659 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2660 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2661 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2662 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2663 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2664 2665 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2666 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2667 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2668 << Tag->getTagKind() 2669 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2670 2671 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2672 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2673 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2674 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2675 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2676 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2677 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2678 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2679 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2680 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2681 while (attrs) { 2682 Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(), 2683 diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2684 << attrs->getName() 2685 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2686 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2687 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2688 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2689 } 2690 } 2691 } 2692 2693 return TagD; 2694} 2695 2696/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2697/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2698/// 2699/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2700static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2701 Scope *S, 2702 DeclContext *Owner, 2703 DeclarationName Name, 2704 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2705 unsigned diagnostic) { 2706 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2707 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2708 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2709 2710 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2711 return false; 2712 2713 // Pick a representative declaration. 2714 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2715 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2716 2717 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2718 return false; 2719 2720 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2721 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2722 2723 return true; 2724} 2725 2726/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2727/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2728/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2729/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2730/// struct, e.g., 2731/// 2732/// @code 2733/// union { 2734/// int i; 2735/// float f; 2736/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2737/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2738/// @endcode 2739/// 2740/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2741/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2742static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2743 DeclContext *Owner, 2744 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2745 AccessSpecifier AS, 2746 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2747 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2748 unsigned diagKind 2749 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2750 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2751 2752 bool Invalid = false; 2753 2754 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2755 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2756 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2757 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2758 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2759 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2760 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2761 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2762 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2763 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2764 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2765 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2766 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2767 Invalid = true; 2768 } else { 2769 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2770 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2771 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2772 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2773 // anonymous union is declared. 2774 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2775 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2776 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2777 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2778 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2779 else 2780 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2781 2782 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2783 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2784 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2785 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2786 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2787 2788 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2789 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2790 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2791 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2792 2793 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2794 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2795 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2796 2797 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2798 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2799 2800 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2801 } 2802 } 2803 } 2804 2805 return Invalid; 2806} 2807 2808/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2809/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2810/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2811static StorageClass 2812StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2813 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2814 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2815 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2816 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2817 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2818 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2819 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2820 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2821 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2822 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2823 } 2824 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2825} 2826 2827/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2828/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2829/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2830static StorageClass 2831StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2832 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2833 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2834 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2835 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2836 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2837 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2838 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2839 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2840 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2841 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2842 } 2843 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2844} 2845 2846/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2847/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2848/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 2849/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 2850Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2851 AccessSpecifier AS, 2852 RecordDecl *Record) { 2853 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2854 2855 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2856 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 2857 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2858 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2859 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 2860 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 2861 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 2862 2863 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2864 // structs/unions. 2865 bool Invalid = false; 2866 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2867 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2868 unsigned DiagID; 2869 if (Record->isUnion()) { 2870 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2871 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2872 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2873 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2874 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2875 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2876 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2877 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 2878 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 2879 2880 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2881 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2882 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2883 } 2884 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2885 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2886 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2887 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2888 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2889 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2890 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 2891 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2892 2893 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2894 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 2895 SourceLocation(), 2896 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2897 } 2898 } 2899 2900 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2901 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2902 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2903 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2904 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2905 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2906 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2907 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 2908 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2909 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2910 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2911 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2912 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2913 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2914 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2915 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2916 2917 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2918 } 2919 2920 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2921 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2922 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2923 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2924 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2925 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2926 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2927 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2928 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2929 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2930 // members (clause 11). 2931 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2932 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2933 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2934 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2935 Invalid = true; 2936 } 2937 2938 // C++ [class.union]p1 2939 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2940 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2941 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2942 // array of such objects. 2943 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2944 Invalid = true; 2945 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2946 // Any implicit members are fine. 2947 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2948 // This is a type that showed up in an 2949 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2950 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2951 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2952 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2953 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2954 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2955 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2956 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2957 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2958 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2959 else { 2960 // This is a nested type declaration. 2961 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2962 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2963 Invalid = true; 2964 } 2965 } 2966 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2967 // Any access specifier is fine. 2968 } else { 2969 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2970 // member. Complain about it. 2971 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2972 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2973 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2974 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2975 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2976 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2977 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2978 2979 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2980 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 2981 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2982 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2983 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2984 else { 2985 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2986 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2987 Invalid = true; 2988 } 2989 } 2990 } 2991 } 2992 2993 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2994 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2995 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 2996 Invalid = true; 2997 } 2998 2999 // Mock up a declarator. 3000 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3001 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3002 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3003 3004 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3005 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3006 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3007 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3008 DS.getLocStart(), 3009 Record->getLocation(), 3010 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3011 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3012 TInfo, 3013 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3014 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3015 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3016 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3017 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3018 } else { 3019 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3020 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3021 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3022 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3023 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3024 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3025 // an error here 3026 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3027 Invalid = true; 3028 SC = SC_None; 3029 } 3030 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3031 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3032 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3033 3034 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3035 DS.getLocStart(), 3036 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3037 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3038 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3039 3040 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3041 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3042 // initializer: 3043 // union { int n = 0; }; 3044 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3045 } 3046 Anon->setImplicit(); 3047 3048 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3049 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3050 // its members. 3051 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3052 3053 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3054 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3055 // purposes. 3056 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3057 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3058 3059 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3060 Chain, false)) 3061 Invalid = true; 3062 3063 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3064 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3065 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3066 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3067 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3068 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3069 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3070 3071 if (Invalid) 3072 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3073 3074 return Anon; 3075} 3076 3077/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3078/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3079/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3080/// Example: 3081/// 3082/// struct A { int a; }; 3083/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3084/// 3085/// void foo() { 3086/// B var; 3087/// var.a = 3; 3088/// } 3089/// 3090Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3091 RecordDecl *Record) { 3092 3093 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3094 if (!Record) 3095 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3096 3097 // Mock up a declarator. 3098 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3099 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3100 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3101 3102 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3103 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3104 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3105 DS.getLocStart(), 3106 DS.getLocStart(), 3107 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3108 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3109 TInfo, 3110 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3111 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3112 Anon->setImplicit(); 3113 3114 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3115 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3116 3117 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3118 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3119 // purposes. 3120 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3121 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3122 3123 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3124 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3125 RecordDef, AS_none, 3126 Chain, true)) 3127 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3128 3129 return Anon; 3130} 3131 3132/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3133/// given Declarator. 3134DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3135 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3136} 3137 3138/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3139DeclarationNameInfo 3140Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3141 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3142 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3143 3144 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3145 3146 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3147 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3148 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3149 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3150 return NameInfo; 3151 3152 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3153 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3154 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3155 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3156 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3157 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3158 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3159 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3160 return NameInfo; 3161 3162 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3163 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3164 Name.Identifier)); 3165 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3166 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3167 return NameInfo; 3168 3169 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3170 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3171 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3172 if (Ty.isNull()) 3173 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3174 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3175 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3176 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3177 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3178 return NameInfo; 3179 } 3180 3181 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3182 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3183 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3184 if (Ty.isNull()) 3185 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3186 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3187 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3188 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3189 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3190 return NameInfo; 3191 } 3192 3193 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3194 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3195 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3196 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3197 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3198 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3199 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3200 3201 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3202 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3203 3204 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3205 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3206 // was qualified. 3207 3208 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3209 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3210 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3211 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3212 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3213 return NameInfo; 3214 } 3215 3216 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3217 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3218 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3219 if (Ty.isNull()) 3220 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3221 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3222 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3223 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3224 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3225 return NameInfo; 3226 } 3227 3228 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3229 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3230 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3231 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3232 } 3233 3234 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3235 3236 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3237} 3238 3239static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3240 do { 3241 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3242 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3243 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3244 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3245 else 3246 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3247 } while (true); 3248} 3249 3250/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3251/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3252/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3253/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3254/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3255/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3256/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3257static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3258 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3259 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3260 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3261 Params.clear(); 3262 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3263 return false; 3264 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3265 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3266 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3267 3268 // The parameter types are identical 3269 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3270 continue; 3271 3272 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3273 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3274 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3275 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3276 3277 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3278 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3279 Params.push_back(Idx); 3280 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3281 return false; 3282 } 3283 3284 return true; 3285} 3286 3287/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3288/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3289/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3290/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3291/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3292static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3293 DeclarationName Name) { 3294 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3295 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3296 // - types which will become injected class names 3297 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3298 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3299 // few cases here. 3300 3301 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3302 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3303 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3304 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3305 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3306 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3307 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3308 // Grab the type from the parser. 3309 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3310 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3311 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3312 3313 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3314 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3315 // attached already. 3316 if (!TSI) 3317 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3318 3319 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3320 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3321 if (!TSI) return true; 3322 3323 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3324 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3325 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3326 break; 3327 } 3328 3329 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3330 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3331 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3332 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3333 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3334 break; 3335 } 3336 3337 default: 3338 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3339 break; 3340 } 3341 3342 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3343 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3344 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3345 3346 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3347 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3348 // pointer. 3349 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3350 continue; 3351 3352 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3353 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3354 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3355 return true; 3356 } 3357 3358 return false; 3359} 3360 3361Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3362 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3363 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 3364 3365 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3366 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3367 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3368 3369 return Dcl; 3370} 3371 3372/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3373/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3374/// name different from T: 3375/// - every static data member of class T; 3376/// - every member function of class T 3377/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3378/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3379bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3380 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3381 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3382 3383 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3384 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3385 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3386 return true; 3387 } 3388 3389 return false; 3390} 3391 3392/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3393/// nested-name-specifier. 3394/// 3395/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3396/// 3397/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3398/// resolves. 3399/// 3400/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3401/// 3402/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3403/// 3404/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3405bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3406 DeclarationName Name, 3407 SourceLocation Loc) { 3408 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3409 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3410 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3411 3412 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3413 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3414 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3415 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3416 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3417 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3418 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3419 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3420 3421 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3422 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3423 // 3424 // class X { 3425 // void X::f(); 3426 // }; 3427 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3428 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3429 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3430 SS.clear(); 3431 return false; 3432 } 3433 3434 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3435 // declaration. 3436 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3437 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3438 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3439 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3440 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3441 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3442 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3443 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3444 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3445 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3446 else 3447 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3448 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3449 3450 return true; 3451 } 3452 3453 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3454 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3456 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3457 SS.clear(); 3458 3459 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3460 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3461 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3462 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3463 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3464 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3465 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3466 return true; 3467 3468 return false; 3469 } 3470 3471 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3472 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3473 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3474 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3475 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3476 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3477 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3478 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3479 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3480 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3481 3482 return false; 3483} 3484 3485Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3486 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3487 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3488 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3489 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3490 3491 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3492 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3493 if (!Name) { 3494 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3495 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3496 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3497 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3498 return 0; 3499 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3500 return 0; 3501 3502 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3503 // we find one that is. 3504 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3505 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3506 S = S->getParent(); 3507 3508 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3509 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3510 D.setInvalidType(); 3511 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3512 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3513 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3514 return 0; 3515 3516 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3517 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3518 if (!DC) { 3519 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3520 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3521 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3522 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3523 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3524 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3525 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3526 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3527 return 0; 3528 } 3529 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3530 3531 if (!IsDependentContext && 3532 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3533 return 0; 3534 3535 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3536 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3537 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3538 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3539 D.setInvalidType(); 3540 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3541 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3542 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3543 if (DC->isRecord()) 3544 return 0; 3545 3546 D.setInvalidType(); 3547 } 3548 } 3549 3550 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3551 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3552 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3553 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3554 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3555 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3556 D.setInvalidType(); 3557 } 3558 } 3559 3560 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3561 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3562 // Just return early; it's safer. 3563 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3564 return 0; 3565 3566 NamedDecl *New; 3567 3568 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3569 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3570 3571 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3572 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3573 D.setInvalidType(); 3574 3575 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3576 ForRedeclaration); 3577 3578 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3579 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3580 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3581 3582 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3583 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3584 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3585 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3586 /* Do nothing*/; 3587 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3588 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3589 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3590 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3591 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3592 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3593 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3594 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3595 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3596 3597 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3598 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3599 3600 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3601 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3602 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3603 3604 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3605 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3606 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3607 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3608 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3609 // thereof; [...] 3610 // 3611 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3612 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3613 // we want to match. For example, given: 3614 // 3615 // class X { 3616 // void f(); 3617 // void f(float); 3618 // }; 3619 // 3620 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3621 // 3622 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3623 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3624 // matches. 3625 3626 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3627 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3628 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3629 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3630 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3631 } 3632 3633 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3634 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3635 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3636 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3637 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3638 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3639 3640 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3641 Previous.clear(); 3642 } 3643 3644 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3645 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3646 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3647 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3648 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3649 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3650 Previous.clear(); 3651 3652 bool AddToScope = true; 3653 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3654 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3655 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3656 return 0; 3657 } 3658 3659 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3660 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3661 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3662 move(TemplateParamLists), 3663 AddToScope); 3664 } else { 3665 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3666 move(TemplateParamLists)); 3667 } 3668 3669 if (New == 0) 3670 return 0; 3671 3672 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3673 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3674 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3675 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3676 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3677 3678 return New; 3679} 3680 3681/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3682/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3683/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3684static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3685 ASTContext &Context, 3686 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3687 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3688 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3689 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3690 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3691 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3692 SizeIsNegative = false; 3693 Oversized = 0; 3694 3695 if (T->isDependentType()) 3696 return QualType(); 3697 3698 QualifierCollector Qs; 3699 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3700 3701 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3702 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3703 QualType FixedType = 3704 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3705 Oversized); 3706 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3707 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3708 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3709 } 3710 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3711 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3712 QualType FixedType = 3713 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3714 Oversized); 3715 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3716 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3717 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3718 } 3719 3720 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3721 if (!VLATy) 3722 return QualType(); 3723 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3724 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3725 return QualType(); 3726 3727 llvm::APSInt Res; 3728 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3729 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3730 return QualType(); 3731 3732 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3733 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3734 SizeIsNegative = true; 3735 return QualType(); 3736 } 3737 3738 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3739 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3740 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3741 Res); 3742 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3743 Oversized = Res; 3744 return QualType(); 3745 } 3746 3747 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3748 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3749} 3750 3751/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3752/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3753void 3754Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3755 const LookupResult &Previous, 3756 Scope *S) { 3757 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3758 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3759 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3760 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3761 3762 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3763 return; 3764 3765 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3766 3767 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3768 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3769 // declaration. 3770 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3771 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3772 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3773 3774 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3775 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3776 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3777 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3778 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3779 3780 } else { 3781 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3782 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3783 S = S->getParent(); 3784 } 3785 3786 if (S) 3787 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3788 } 3789} 3790 3791llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3792Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3793 if (ExternalSource) { 3794 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3795 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3796 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3797 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3798 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3799 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3800 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3801 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3802 } 3803 } 3804 3805 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3806} 3807 3808/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3809/// does not identify a function. 3810void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3811 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3812 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3813 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3814 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3815 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3816 3817 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3818 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3819 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3820 3821 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3822 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3823 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3824} 3825 3826NamedDecl* 3827Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3828 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 3829 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3830 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3831 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3832 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3833 D.setInvalidType(); 3834 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3835 DC = CurContext; 3836 Previous.clear(); 3837 } 3838 3839 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3840 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3841 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3842 } 3843 3844 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3845 3846 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3847 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3848 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3849 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3850 << 1; 3851 3852 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3853 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3854 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3855 return 0; 3856 } 3857 3858 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 3859 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3860 3861 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3862 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3863 3864 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3865 3866 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 3867 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3868 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 3869 return ND; 3870} 3871 3872void 3873Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3874 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3875 // then it shall have block scope. 3876 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3877 // that redeclarations will match. 3878 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3879 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3880 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3881 3882 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3883 bool SizeIsNegative; 3884 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3885 QualType FixedTy = 3886 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3887 Oversized); 3888 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3889 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3890 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3891 } else { 3892 if (SizeIsNegative) 3893 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3894 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3895 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3896 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3897 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 3898 << Oversized.toString(10); 3899 else 3900 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3901 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3902 } 3903 } 3904 } 3905} 3906 3907 3908/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3909/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3910/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3911NamedDecl* 3912Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3913 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3914 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3915 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3916 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3917 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3918 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3919 Redeclaration = true; 3920 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3921 } 3922 3923 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3924 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3925 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3926 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3927 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3928 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3929 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3930 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3931 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3932 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3933 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 3934 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 3935 } 3936 3937 return NewTD; 3938} 3939 3940/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3941/// previous declaration. 3942/// 3943/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3944/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3945/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3946/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3947/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3948/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3949/// 3950/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3951/// lookup 3952/// 3953/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3954/// declared. 3955/// 3956/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3957/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3958static bool 3959isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3960 ASTContext &Context) { 3961 if (!PrevDecl) 3962 return false; 3963 3964 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3965 return false; 3966 3967 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3968 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3969 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3970 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3971 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3972 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3973 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3974 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3975 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3976 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3977 return false; 3978 3979 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3980 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3981 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3982 return false; 3983 3984 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3985 // previous declarations. 3986 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3987 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3988 3989 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3990 // isn't the same function. 3991 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3992 return false; 3993 } 3994 3995 return true; 3996} 3997 3998static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3999 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4000 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4001 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4002} 4003 4004bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4005 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4006 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4007 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4008 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4009 unsigned kind = -1U; 4010 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4011 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4012 kind = 0; // __block 4013 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4014 kind = 1; // global 4015 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4016 kind = 3; // ivar 4017 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4018 kind = 2; // field 4019 } 4020 4021 if (kind != -1U) { 4022 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4023 << kind; 4024 } 4025 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4026 // Try to infer lifetime. 4027 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4028 return false; 4029 4030 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4031 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4032 decl->setType(type); 4033 } 4034 4035 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4036 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4037 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4038 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4039 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4040 << var->getType(); 4041 return true; 4042 } 4043 } 4044 4045 return false; 4046} 4047 4048NamedDecl* 4049Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4050 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4051 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4052 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4053 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4054 4055 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4057 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4058 4059 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4060 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4061 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4062 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4063 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4064 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4065 // an error here 4066 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4067 D.setInvalidType(); 4068 SC = SC_None; 4069 } 4070 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4071 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4072 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4073 4074 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4075 if (!II) { 4076 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4077 << Name; 4078 return 0; 4079 } 4080 4081 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4082 4083 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4084 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4085 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4086 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4087 4088 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4089 // is a GNU extension. 4090 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4091 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4092 else 4093 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4094 D.setInvalidType(); 4095 } 4096 } 4097 4098 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4099 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4100 // OpenCL __local address space. 4101 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 4102 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4103 } 4104 4105 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4106 VarDecl *NewVD; 4107 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4108 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4109 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4110 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4111 4112 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4113 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4114 } else { 4115 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4116 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4117 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4118 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4119 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4120 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4121 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4122 SC = SC_Static; 4123 } 4124 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4125 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4126 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4127 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4128 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4129 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4130 4131 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4132 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4133 if (RD->isUnion()) 4134 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4135 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x 4136 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4137 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4138 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4139 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4140 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4141 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4142 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4143 } 4144 } 4145 4146 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4147 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4148 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4149 bool Invalid = false; 4150 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4151 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4152 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4153 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4154 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4155 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4156 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4157 /*never a friend*/ false, 4158 isExplicitSpecialization, 4159 Invalid)) { 4160 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4161 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4162 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4163 << II 4164 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4165 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4166 return 0; 4167 } else { 4168 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4169 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4170 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4171 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4172 << II 4173 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4174 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4175 } 4176 } 4177 4178 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4179 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4180 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4181 4182 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4183 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4184 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4185 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4186 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4187 4188 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4189 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4190 4191 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4192 4193 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4194 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4195 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4196 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4197 } 4198 4199 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4200 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4201 } 4202 4203 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4204 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4205 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4206 4207 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4208 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4209 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4210 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4211 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4212 else 4213 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4214 } 4215 4216 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4217 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4218 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4219 << 2 4220 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4221 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4222 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4223 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4224 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4225 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4226 else 4227 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4228 } 4229 4230 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4231 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4232 4233 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4234 // retainable type. 4235 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4236 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4237 4238 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4239 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4240 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4241 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4242 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4243 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4244 switch (SC) { 4245 case SC_None: 4246 case SC_Auto: 4247 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4248 break; 4249 case SC_Register: 4250 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4251 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4252 break; 4253 case SC_Static: 4254 case SC_Extern: 4255 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4256 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4257 break; 4258 } 4259 } 4260 4261 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4262 Context, Label)); 4263 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4264 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4265 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4266 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4267 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4268 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4269 } 4270 } 4271 4272 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4273 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4274 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4275 4276 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4277 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4278 // declaration has linkage). 4279 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4280 isExplicitSpecialization); 4281 4282 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4283 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4284 } else { 4285 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4286 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4287 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4288 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4289 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4290 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4291 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4292 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4293 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4294 Previous.clear(); 4295 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4296 } 4297 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4298 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4299 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4300 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4301 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4302 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4303 } 4304 4305 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4306 4307 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4308 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4309 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4310 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4311 } 4312 4313 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4314 // such variables. 4315 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4316 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4317 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4318 4319 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4320 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4321 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4322 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4323 4324 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4325 4326 return NewVD; 4327} 4328 4329/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4330/// -Wshadow. 4331/// 4332/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4333/// scope. 4334/// 4335/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4336/// \param R the lookup of the name 4337/// 4338void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4339 // Return if warning is ignored. 4340 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4341 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4342 return; 4343 4344 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4345 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4346 return; 4347 4348 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4349 4350 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4351 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4352 return; 4353 4354 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4355 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4356 return; 4357 4358 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4359 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4360 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4361 if (MD->isStatic()) 4362 return; 4363 4364 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4365 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4366 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4367 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4368 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4369 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4370 I != E; ++I) 4371 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4372 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4373 break; 4374 } 4375 } 4376 4377 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4378 4379 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4380 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4381 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4382 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4383 return; 4384 4385 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4386 // static data members from base classes? 4387 4388 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4389 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4390 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4391 } 4392 4393 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4394 unsigned Kind; 4395 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4396 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4397 Kind = 3; // field 4398 else 4399 Kind = 2; // static data member 4400 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4401 Kind = 1; // global 4402 else 4403 Kind = 0; // local 4404 4405 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4406 4407 // Emit warning and note. 4408 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4409 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4410} 4411 4412/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4413void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4414 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4415 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4416 return; 4417 4418 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4419 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4420 LookupName(R, S); 4421 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4422} 4423 4424/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4425/// declaration. 4426/// 4427/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4428/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4429/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4430/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4431/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4432/// 4433/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4434/// 4435/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4436bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4437 LookupResult &Previous) { 4438 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4439 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4440 return false; 4441 4442 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4443 4444 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4445 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4446 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4447 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4448 NewVD->setType(T); 4449 } 4450 4451 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4452 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4453 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4454 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4455 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4456 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4457 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4458 return false; 4459 } 4460 4461 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4462 // scope. 4463 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4464 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4465 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4466 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4467 return false; 4468 } 4469 4470 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4471 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4472 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4473 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4474 else 4475 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4476 } 4477 4478 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4479 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4480 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4481 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4482 4483 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4484 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4485 bool SizeIsNegative; 4486 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4487 QualType FixedTy = 4488 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4489 Oversized); 4490 4491 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4492 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4493 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4494 // int a[10][n]; 4495 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4496 4497 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4498 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4499 << SizeRange; 4500 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4501 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4502 << SizeRange; 4503 else 4504 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4505 << SizeRange; 4506 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4507 return false; 4508 } 4509 4510 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4511 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4512 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4513 else 4514 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4515 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4516 return false; 4517 } 4518 4519 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4520 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4521 } 4522 4523 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4524 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4525 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4526 // declaration with the same name. 4527 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4528 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4529 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4530 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4531 } 4532 4533 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4534 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4535 << T; 4536 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4537 return false; 4538 } 4539 4540 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4541 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4542 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4543 return false; 4544 } 4545 4546 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4547 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4548 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4549 return false; 4550 } 4551 4552 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4553 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4554 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4555 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4556 return false; 4557 } 4558 4559 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4560 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4561 return true; 4562 } 4563 return false; 4564} 4565 4566/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4567struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4568 Sema *S; 4569 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4570}; 4571 4572/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4573/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4574/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4575static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4576 CXXBasePath &Path, 4577 void *UserData) { 4578 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4579 4580 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4581 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4582 4583 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4584 4585 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4586 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4587 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4588 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4589 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4590 4591 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4592 } 4593 4594 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4595 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4596 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4597 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4598 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4599 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4600 return true; 4601 } 4602 } 4603 4604 return false; 4605} 4606 4607static bool hasDelayedExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method) { 4608 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4609 return Proto && Proto->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed; 4610} 4611 4612/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4613/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4614bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4615 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4616 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4617 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4618 Data.Method = MD; 4619 Data.S = this; 4620 bool AddedAny = false; 4621 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4622 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4623 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4624 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4625 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4626 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4627 (hasDelayedExceptionSpec(MD) || 4628 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD)) && 4629 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4630 AddedAny = true; 4631 } 4632 } 4633 } 4634 } 4635 4636 return AddedAny; 4637} 4638 4639namespace { 4640 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4641 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4642 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4643 Scope *S; 4644 Declarator &D; 4645 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4646 bool AddToScope; 4647 }; 4648} 4649 4650namespace { 4651 4652// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4653// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4654class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4655 public: 4656 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4657 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4658 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4659 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4660 4661 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4662 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4663 return false; 4664 4665 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4666 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4667 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4668 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4669 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4670 4671 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4672 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4673 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4674 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4675 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4676 return true; 4677 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4678 return true; 4679 } 4680 } 4681 } 4682 4683 return false; 4684 } 4685 4686 private: 4687 ASTContext &Context; 4688 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4689 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4690}; 4691 4692} 4693 4694/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4695/// 4696/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4697/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4698/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4699/// the same name. 4700/// 4701/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4702/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4703static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4704 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4705 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4706 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4707 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4708 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4709 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4710 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4711 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4712 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4713 TypoCorrection Correction; 4714 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4715 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4716 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4717 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4718 4719 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4720 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4721 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4722 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4723 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4724 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 4725 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4726 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4727 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4728 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4729 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4730 if (FD && 4731 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4732 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4733 // involve a parameter 4734 unsigned ParamNum = 4735 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4736 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4737 } 4738 } 4739 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4740 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4741 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 4742 Validator, NewDC))) { 4743 // Trap errors. 4744 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4745 4746 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4747 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4748 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4749 Previous.clear(); 4750 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4751 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4752 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4753 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4754 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4755 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4756 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4757 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4758 } 4759 } 4760 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4761 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4762 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4763 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4764 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 4765 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4766 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 4767 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4768 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4769 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 4770 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 4771 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 4772 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4773 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 4774 Previous.clear(); 4775 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 4776 Result = NULL; 4777 } else { 4778 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 4779 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 4780 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4781 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 4782 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 4783 } 4784 } 4785 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 4786 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 4787 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 4788 } else { 4789 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4790 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4791 } 4792 } 4793 4794 if (Correction) { 4795 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 4796 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4797 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 4798 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 4799 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 4800 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 4801 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4802 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 4803 } else { 4804 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4805 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4806 } 4807 4808 bool NewFDisConst = false; 4809 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4810 NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4811 4812 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4813 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4814 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4815 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4816 bool FDisConst = false; 4817 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4818 FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4819 4820 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4821 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4822 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 4823 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 4824 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4825 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4826 } else if (Correction) { 4827 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4828 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 4829 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 4830 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 4831 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4832 } else 4833 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4834 } 4835 return Result; 4836} 4837 4838static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 4839 Declarator &D) { 4840 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4841 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 4842 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4843 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4844 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4845 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4846 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4847 D.setInvalidType(); 4848 break; 4849 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 4850 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 4851 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4852 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4853 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4854 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4855 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4856 // other than extern 4857 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4858 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4859 diag::err_static_block_func); 4860 break; 4861 } else 4862 return SC_Static; 4863 } 4864 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4865 } 4866 4867 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 4868 return SC_None; 4869} 4870 4871static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 4872 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 4873 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4874 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 4875 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 4876 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4877 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4878 4879 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 4880 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4881 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4882 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4883 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4884 4885 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4886 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4887 // prototype. This true when: 4888 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4889 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4890 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4891 bool HasPrototype = 4892 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4893 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4894 4895 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4896 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 4897 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4898 HasPrototype); 4899 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4900 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4901 4902 // Set the lexical context. 4903 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 4904 4905 return NewFD; 4906 } 4907 4908 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4909 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4910 4911 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4912 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4913 // the class has been completely parsed. 4914 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4915 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4916 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4917 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4918 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 4919 D.setInvalidType(); 4920 4921 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4922 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4923 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4924 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4925 4926 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4927 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4928 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 4929 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 4930 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 4931 isConstexpr); 4932 4933 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4934 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4935 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4936 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4937 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4938 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 4939 SemaRef.Context, Record, 4940 D.getLocStart(), 4941 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 4942 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4943 4944 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4945 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4946 // it yet. 4947 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4948 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4949 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4950 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4951 } 4952 4953 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4954 return NewDD; 4955 4956 } else { 4957 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4958 D.setInvalidType(); 4959 4960 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4961 // code path. 4962 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4963 D.getLocStart(), 4964 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4965 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4966 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 4967 } 4968 4969 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4970 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4971 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4972 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4973 return 0; 4974 } 4975 4976 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4977 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4978 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4979 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 4980 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 4981 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4982 4983 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4984 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 4985 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4986 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4987 // constructor if it has no return type). 4988 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4989 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4990 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4991 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4992 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4993 return 0; 4994 } 4995 4996 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4997 4998 // [class.free]p1: 4999 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5000 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5001 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5002 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5003 isStatic = true; 5004 5005 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5006 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5007 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5008 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5009 isStatic = true; 5010 5011 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5012 5013 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5014 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5015 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5016 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5017 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5018 5019 } else { 5020 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5021 // prototype. This true when: 5022 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5023 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5024 D.getLocStart(), 5025 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5026 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5027 } 5028} 5029 5030NamedDecl* 5031Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5032 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5033 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5034 bool &AddToScope) { 5035 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5036 5037 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5038 5039 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5040 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5041 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5042 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5043 5044 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5045 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5046 5047 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5048 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5049 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5050 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5051 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5052 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5053 5054 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5055 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5056 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5057 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5058 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5059 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5060 } 5061 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5062 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5063 } 5064 5065 bool isFriend = false; 5066 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5067 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5068 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5069 5070 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5071 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5072 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5073 5074 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5075 5076 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5077 isVirtualOkay); 5078 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5079 5080 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5081 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5082 5083 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5084 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5085 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5086 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5087 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5088 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5089 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5090 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5091 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5092 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5093 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5094 } 5095 5096 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5097 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5098 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5099 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5100 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5101 5102 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5103 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5104 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5105 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5106 5107 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5108 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5109 bool Invalid = false; 5110 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5111 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5112 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5113 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5114 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5115 TemplateParamLists.get(), 5116 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5117 isFriend, 5118 isExplicitSpecialization, 5119 Invalid)) { 5120 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5121 // This is a function template 5122 5123 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5124 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5125 return 0; 5126 5127 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5128 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5129 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5130 return 0; 5131 } 5132 5133 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5134 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5135 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5136 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5137 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5138 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5139 Invalid = true; 5140 } 5141 5142 5143 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5144 NewFD->getLocation(), 5145 Name, TemplateParams, 5146 NewFD); 5147 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5148 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5149 5150 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5151 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5152 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5153 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5154 TemplateParamLists.release()); 5155 } 5156 } else { 5157 // This is a function template specialization. 5158 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5159 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5160 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5161 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5162 TemplateParamLists.release()); 5163 5164 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5165 if (isFriend) { 5166 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5167 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5168 5169 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5170 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5171 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5172 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5173 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5174 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5175 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5176 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5177 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5178 } 5179 5180 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5181 << Name << RemoveRange 5182 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5183 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5184 } 5185 } 5186 } 5187 else { 5188 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5189 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5190 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5191 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5192 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5193 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5194 TemplateParamLists.release()); 5195 } 5196 5197 if (Invalid) { 5198 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5199 if (FunctionTemplate) 5200 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5201 } 5202 5203 // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is 5204 // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration. 5205 // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here. 5206 if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration && 5207 CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5208 D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() && 5209 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten() 5210 == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5211 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5212 DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0); 5213 if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic && 5214 !C.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType() && 5215 C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5216 SourceRange ParenRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc); 5217 Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) << ParenRange; 5218 5219 // If the declaration looks like: 5220 // T var1, 5221 // f(); 5222 // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was 5223 // probably intended to be a ';'. 5224 if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) { 5225 FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), SourceMgr); 5226 FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), SourceMgr); 5227 if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() || 5228 Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) { 5229 LookupResult Result(*this, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(), 5230 LookupOrdinaryName); 5231 if (LookupName(Result, S)) 5232 Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call) 5233 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") << NewFD; 5234 } 5235 } 5236 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5237 // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean default 5238 // initialization. These are equivalent if the default constructor is 5239 // user-provided, or if zero-initialization is a no-op. 5240 if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() && 5241 (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor())) 5242 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor) 5243 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange); 5244 else { 5245 std::string Init = getFixItZeroInitializerForType(T); 5246 if (Init.empty() && LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x) 5247 Init = "{}"; 5248 if (!Init.empty()) 5249 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize) 5250 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init); 5251 } 5252 } 5253 } 5254 5255 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5256 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5257 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5258 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5259 // 5260 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5261 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5262 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5263 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5264 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5265 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5266 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5267 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5268 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5269 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5270 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5271 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5272 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5273 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5274 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5275 } else { 5276 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5277 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5278 } 5279 } 5280 5281 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5282 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5283 // declaration. 5284 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5285 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5286 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5287 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5288 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5289 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5290 } 5291 } 5292 5293 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5294 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5295 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5296 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5297 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5298 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5299 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5300 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5301 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5302 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5303 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5304 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5305 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5306 // or conversion function. 5307 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5308 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5309 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5310 } 5311 } 5312 5313 if (isConstexpr) { 5314 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5315 // are implicitly inline. 5316 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5317 5318 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5319 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5320 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5321 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5322 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5323 } 5324 5325 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5326 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5327 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5328 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5329 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5330 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5331 << 0 5332 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5333 } else { 5334 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5335 if (FunctionTemplate) 5336 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5337 } 5338 } 5339 5340 if (isFriend) { 5341 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5342 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5343 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5344 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5345 } 5346 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5347 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5348 } 5349 5350 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5351 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5352 case FDK_Declaration: 5353 case FDK_Definition: 5354 break; 5355 5356 case FDK_Defaulted: 5357 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5358 break; 5359 5360 case FDK_Deleted: 5361 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5362 break; 5363 } 5364 5365 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5366 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5367 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5368 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5369 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5370 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5371 } 5372 5373 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5374 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5375 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5376 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5377 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5378 // the class. 5379 5380 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5381 // member function definition. 5382 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5383 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5384 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5385 } 5386 } 5387 5388 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5389 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5390 isExplicitSpecialization || 5391 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5392 5393 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5394 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5395 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5396 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5397 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5398 SE->getString())); 5399 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5400 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5401 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5402 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5403 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5404 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5405 } 5406 } 5407 5408 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5409 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5410 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5411 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5412 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5413 5414 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5415 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5416 // single void argument. 5417 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5418 // already checks for that case. 5419 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5420 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5421 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5422 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5423 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 5424 5425 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5426 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5427 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5428 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5429 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5430 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5431 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5432 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5433 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5434 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5435 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5436 << IsTypeAlias; 5437 } 5438 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5439 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5440 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5441 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5442 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5443 Params.push_back(Param); 5444 5445 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5446 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5447 } 5448 } 5449 5450 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5451 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5452 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5453 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5454 // 5455 // @code 5456 // typedef void fn(int); 5457 // fn f; 5458 // @endcode 5459 5460 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5461 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5462 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5463 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5464 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5465 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5466 Params.push_back(Param); 5467 } 5468 } else { 5469 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5470 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5471 } 5472 5473 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5474 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5475 5476 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5477 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5478 // 5479 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5480 // 5481 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5482 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5483 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5484 5485 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5486 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5487 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5488 5489 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5490 // because all functions have linkage. 5491 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5492 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5493 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5494 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5495 } 5496 5497 // Handle attributes. 5498 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5499 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5500 5501 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5502 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5503 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5504 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5505 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5506 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5507 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5508 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5509 } 5510 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5511 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5512 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5513 } else { 5514 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5515 // argument list into our AST format. 5516 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5517 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5518 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5519 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5520 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 5521 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5522 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5523 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5524 TemplateArgs); 5525 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 5526 5527 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5528 5529 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5530 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5531 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5532 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5533 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5534 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5535 5536 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5537 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5538 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5539 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5540 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5541 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5542 // too few of them). 5543 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5544 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5545 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5546 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5547 "template<> "); 5548 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5549 } else { 5550 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5551 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5552 } 5553 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5554 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5555 // wrote something like: 5556 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5557 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5558 // friend void foo<>(int); 5559 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5560 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5561 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5562 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5563 } 5564 5565 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5566 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5567 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5568 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5569 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5570 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5571 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5572 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5573 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5574 InstantiationDependent))) { 5575 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5576 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5577 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5578 Previous)) 5579 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5580 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5581 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5582 && !isFriend) { 5583 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5584 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5585 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5586 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5587 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5588 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5589 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5590 Previous)) 5591 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5592 5593 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5594 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5595 // specialization (14.7.3) 5596 if (SC != SC_None) { 5597 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5598 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5599 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5600 << SC 5601 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5602 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5603 5604 else 5605 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5606 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5607 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5608 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5609 } 5610 5611 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5612 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5613 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5614 } 5615 5616 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5617 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5618 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5619 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5620 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5621 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5622 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5623 } else { 5624 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5625 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5626 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5627 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5628 } 5629 } 5630 5631 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5632 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5633 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5634 5635 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5636 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5637 : NewFD); 5638 5639 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5640 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5641 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5642 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5643 5644 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5645 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5646 5647 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5648 } 5649 5650 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5651 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5652 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5653 5654 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5655 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5656 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5657 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5658 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5659 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5660 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5661 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5662 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5663 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5664 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5665 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5666 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5667 DC->isDependentContext()) 5668 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5669 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5670 } 5671 5672 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5673 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5674 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5675 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5676 AddToScope }; 5677 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5678 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5679 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5680 5681 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5682 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5683 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5684 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5685 5686 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5687 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5688 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5689 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5690 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5691 // can actually do this check immediately. 5692 if (isFriend && 5693 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5694 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5695 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5696 // ignore these 5697 } else { 5698 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5699 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5700 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5701 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5702 // 5703 // class X { 5704 // void f() const; 5705 // }; 5706 // 5707 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5708 // 5709 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5710 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5711 // whether the parameter types are references). 5712 5713 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5714 NewFD, 5715 ExtraArgs)) { 5716 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5717 return Result; 5718 } 5719 } 5720 5721 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5722 // to something. 5723 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5724 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5725 NewFD, 5726 ExtraArgs)) { 5727 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5728 return Result; 5729 } 5730 } 5731 5732 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5733 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5734 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5735 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5736 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5737 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5738 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5739 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5740 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5741 // generate them. 5742 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5743 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5744 } 5745 } 5746 5747 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5748 5749 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5750 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5751 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5752 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5753 << NewFD; 5754 5755 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5756 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5757 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5758 EPI.Variadic = true; 5759 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5760 5761 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5762 NewFD->setType(R); 5763 } 5764 5765 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5766 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5767 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5768 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5769 5770 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5771 // marking the function. 5772 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5773 5774 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5775 // map of such names. 5776 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5777 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5778 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5779 5780 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5781 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5782 5783 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5784 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5785 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5786 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5787 return FunctionTemplate; 5788 } 5789 } 5790 5791 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 5792 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5793 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 5794 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 5795 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 5796 D.setInvalidType(); 5797 } 5798 5799 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5800 5801 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 5802 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5803 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5804 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5805 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5806 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5807 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5808 5809 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5810 } 5811 } 5812 5813 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5814 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5815 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5816 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5817 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5818 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5819 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5820 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 5821 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 5822 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5823 AddToScope = false; 5824 } 5825 5826 return NewFD; 5827} 5828 5829/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5830/// 5831/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5832/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5833/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5834/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5835/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5836/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5837/// via InstantiateDecl). 5838/// 5839/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 5840/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5841/// 5842/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5843/// 5844/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 5845bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5846 LookupResult &Previous, 5847 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 5848 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5849 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5850 5851 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5852 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5853 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5854 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5855 // declaration with the same name. 5856 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5857 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5858 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5859 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5860 } 5861 5862 bool Redeclaration = false; 5863 5864 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5865 // the same name, if appropriate. 5866 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5867 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5868 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5869 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5870 // function to the scope. 5871 5872 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5873 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5874 Redeclaration = true; 5875 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5876 } else { 5877 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5878 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5879 case Ovl_Match: 5880 Redeclaration = true; 5881 break; 5882 5883 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5884 Redeclaration = true; 5885 break; 5886 5887 case Ovl_Overload: 5888 Redeclaration = false; 5889 break; 5890 } 5891 5892 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5893 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5894 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5895 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5896 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5897 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5898 if (Redeclaration) 5899 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5900 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5901 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5902 if (OverloadedDecl) 5903 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5904 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5905 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5906 Context)); 5907 } 5908 } 5909 5910 if (Redeclaration) { 5911 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5912 // merged. 5913 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 5914 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5915 return Redeclaration; 5916 } 5917 5918 Previous.clear(); 5919 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5920 5921 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5922 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5923 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5924 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5925 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5926 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5927 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5928 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5929 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5930 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5931 } 5932 5933 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5934 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5935 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5936 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5937 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5938 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5939 } 5940 5941 } else { 5942 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5943 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5944 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5945 } 5946 } 5947 } 5948 5949 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5951 // C++-specific checks. 5952 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5953 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5954 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5955 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5956 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5957 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5958 5959 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5960 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5961 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5962 DeclarationName Name 5963 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5964 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5965 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5966 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5967 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5968 return Redeclaration; 5969 } 5970 } 5971 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5972 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5973 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5974 } 5975 5976 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5977 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5978 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5979 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5980 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5981 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5982 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5983 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5984 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5985 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5986 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5987 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5988 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5989 ++Overridden) { 5990 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5991 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5992 } 5993 } 5994 } 5995 } 5996 5997 if (Method->isStatic()) 5998 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 5999 } 6000 6001 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6002 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6003 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6004 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6005 return Redeclaration; 6006 } 6007 6008 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6009 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6010 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6011 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6012 return Redeclaration; 6013 } 6014 6015 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6016 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6017 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6018 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6019 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6020 6021 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6022 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6023 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6024 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6025 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6026 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6027 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6028 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6029 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6030 } 6031 } 6032 6033 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6034 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6035 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6036 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 6037 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6038 if (!R.isPODType(Context) && 6039 !R->isVoidType()) 6040 Diag( NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt ) 6041 << NewFD << R; 6042 } 6043 } 6044 return Redeclaration; 6045} 6046 6047void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6048 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6049 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6050 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6051 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6052 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6053 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6054 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6055 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6056 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6057 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6058 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6059 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6060 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6061 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6062 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6063 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6064 } 6065 6066 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6067 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6068 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6069 6070 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6071 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6072 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6073 // set the flag which tells us that. 6074 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6075 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6076 6077 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6078 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6079 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6080 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6081 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6082 6083 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6084 } else { 6085 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6086 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6087 } 6088 6089 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6090 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6091 6092 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6093 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6094 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6095 6096 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6097 6098 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6099 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6100 // getting shifty. 6101 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6102 HasExtraParameters = false; 6103 6104 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6105 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6106 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6107 nparams = 3; 6108 } 6109 6110 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6111 // if we had some location information about types. 6112 6113 QualType CharPP = 6114 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6115 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6116 6117 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6118 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6119 6120 bool mismatch = true; 6121 6122 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6123 mismatch = false; 6124 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6125 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6126 // char const ** 6127 // char const * const * 6128 // char * const * 6129 6130 QualifierCollector qs; 6131 const PointerType* PT; 6132 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6133 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6134 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6135 qs.removeConst(); 6136 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6137 } 6138 } 6139 6140 if (mismatch) { 6141 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6142 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6143 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6144 } 6145 } 6146 6147 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6148 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6149 } 6150 6151 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6152 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6153 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6154 } 6155} 6156 6157bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6158 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6159 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6160 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6161 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6162 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6163 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6164 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6165 // rules there don't matter.) 6166 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6167 return false; 6168 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6169 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6170 return true; 6171} 6172 6173namespace { 6174 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6175 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6176 class SelfReferenceChecker 6177 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6178 Sema &S; 6179 Decl *OrigDecl; 6180 bool isRecordType; 6181 bool isPODType; 6182 6183 public: 6184 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6185 6186 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6187 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6188 isPODType = false; 6189 isRecordType = false; 6190 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6191 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6192 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6193 } 6194 } 6195 6196 // Sometimes, the expression passed in lacks the casts that are used 6197 // to determine which DeclRefExpr's to check. Assume that the casts 6198 // are present and continue visiting the expression. 6199 void HandleExpr(Expr *E) { 6200 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record type. Doing so is a 6201 // way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6202 if (isRecordType) 6203 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6204 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6205 6206 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6207 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6208 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6209 } 6210 6211 Visit(E); 6212 } 6213 6214 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6215 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6216 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6217 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6218 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6219 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6220 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6221 return; 6222 } 6223 6224 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6225 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6226 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6227 } 6228 } 6229 6230 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6231 if ((!isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 6232 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6233 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6234 6235 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6236 } 6237 6238 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6239 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6240 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6241 6242 ValueDecl *VD = E->getMemberDecl(); 6243 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD); 6244 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || (MD && !MD->isStatic())) 6245 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 6246 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 6247 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6248 return; 6249 } 6250 6251 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 6252 } 6253 6254 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6255 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6256 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && isPODType && 6257 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) return; 6258 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6259 } 6260 6261 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6262 6263 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6264 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6265 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6266 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6267 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6268 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6269 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 6270 << Result.getLookupName() 6271 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6272 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6273 } 6274 }; 6275} 6276 6277/// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6278void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 6279 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).HandleExpr(E); 6280} 6281 6282/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6283/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6284/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6285void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6286 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6287 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6288 // the initializer. 6289 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6290 return; 6291 6292 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6293 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6294 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6295 // Thus this grotesque test. 6296 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6297 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6298 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6299 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6300 else { 6301 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6302 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6303 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6304 } 6305 return; 6306 } 6307 6308 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6309 if (!VDecl) { 6310 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6311 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6312 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6313 return; 6314 } 6315 6316 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6317 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 6318 // by a dataflow analysis. 6319 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal()) 6320 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 6321 6322 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6323 6324 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6325 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 6326 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6327 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6328 // contains exactly one expression. 6329 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6330 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6331 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6332 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6333 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6334 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6335 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6336 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6337 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6338 return; 6339 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6340 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6341 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6342 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6343 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6344 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6345 return; 6346 } else { 6347 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6348 } 6349 } 6350 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6351 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6352 DAR_Failed) 6353 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6354 if (!DeducedType) { 6355 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6356 return; 6357 } 6358 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6359 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6360 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6361 6362 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6363 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6364 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6365 6366 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6367 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6368 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6369 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6370 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6371 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6372 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6373 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6374 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6375 } 6376 6377 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6378 // the previously declared type. 6379 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6380 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6381 } 6382 6383 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6384 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6385 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6386 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6387 return; 6388 } 6389 6390 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6391 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6392 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6393 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6394 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6395 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6396 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6397 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6398 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6399 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6400 return; 6401 } 6402 6403 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6404 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6405 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6406 AbstractVariableType)) 6407 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6408 } 6409 6410 const VarDecl *Def; 6411 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6412 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6413 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6414 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6415 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6416 return; 6417 } 6418 6419 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6420 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6421 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6422 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6423 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6424 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6425 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6426 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6427 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6428 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6429 // 6430 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6431 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6432 // declaration with an initializer. 6433 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6434 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6435 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6436 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6437 return; 6438 } 6439 6440 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6441 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6442 6443 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6444 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6445 return; 6446 } 6447 } 6448 6449 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6450 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6451 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6452 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6453 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6454 return; 6455 } 6456 6457 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6458 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6459 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6460 6461 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6462 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6463 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6464 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6465 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6466 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6467 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6468 return; 6469 } 6470 Init = Result.take(); 6471 } 6472 6473 // Perform the initialization. 6474 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6475 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6476 InitializationKind Kind 6477 = DirectInit ? 6478 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6479 Init->getLocStart(), 6480 Init->getLocEnd()) 6481 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6482 VDecl->getLocation()) 6483 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6484 Init->getLocStart()); 6485 6486 Expr **Args = &Init; 6487 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6488 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6489 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6490 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6491 } 6492 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6493 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6494 MultiExprArg(*this, Args,NumArgs), 6495 &DclT); 6496 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6497 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6498 return; 6499 } 6500 6501 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6502 } 6503 6504 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6505 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6506 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6507 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6508 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6509 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6510 6511 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6512 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6513 6514 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6515 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6516 6517 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6518 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6519 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6520 6521 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6522 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6523 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6524 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6525 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6526 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6527 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6528 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6529 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6530 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6531 // 6532 // struct S { 6533 // static const int value = 17; 6534 // }; 6535 6536 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6537 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6538 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6539 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6540 // 6541 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6542 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6543 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6544 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6545 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6546 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6547 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6548 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6549 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6550 6551 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6552 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6553 6554 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6555 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6556 // type. 6557 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6558 6559 // Require constness. 6560 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6561 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6562 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6563 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6564 6565 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6566 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6567 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6568 SourceLocation Loc; 6569 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6570 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6571 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6572 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6573 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6574 ; // Nothing to check. 6575 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6576 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6577 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6578 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6579 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6580 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6581 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6582 } else { 6583 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6584 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6585 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6586 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6587 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6588 } 6589 6590 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6591 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6592 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6593 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6594 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 6595 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6596 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6597 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6598 6599 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6600 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6601 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6602 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6603 } 6604 6605 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6606 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6607 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6608 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6609 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6610 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6611 6612 } else { 6613 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6614 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6615 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6616 } 6617 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6618 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6619 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6620 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6621 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6622 6623 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6624 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6625 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6626 } 6627 6628 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6629 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6630 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6631 // 6632 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6633 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6634 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6635 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6636 // special case code. 6637 6638 // C++ 8.5p11: 6639 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6640 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6641 // class type. 6642 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6643 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6644 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6645 } else if (DirectInit) { 6646 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6647 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6648 } 6649 6650 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6651} 6652 6653/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6654/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6655/// of sanity. 6656void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6657 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6658 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6659 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6660 6661 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6662 if (!VD) return; 6663 6664 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6665 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6666 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6667 return; 6668 } 6669 6670 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6671 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6672 6673 // Require a complete type. 6674 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6675 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6676 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6677 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6678 return; 6679 } 6680 6681 // Require an abstract type. 6682 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6683 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6684 AbstractVariableType)) { 6685 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6686 return; 6687 } 6688 6689 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6690 // though. 6691} 6692 6693void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6694 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6695 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6696 if (RealDecl == 0) 6697 return; 6698 6699 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6700 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6701 6702 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6703 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6704 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6705 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6706 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6707 return; 6708 } 6709 6710 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6711 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6712 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6713 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6714 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6715 // member. 6716 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6717 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6718 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6719 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6720 << Var->getDeclName(); 6721 else 6722 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 6723 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6724 return; 6725 } 6726 6727 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6728 case VarDecl::Definition: 6729 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 6730 break; 6731 6732 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 6733 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 6734 // a declaration. 6735 // 6736 // Fall through 6737 6738 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 6739 // It's only a declaration. 6740 6741 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 6742 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 6743 // object shall be complete. 6744 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 6745 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6746 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6747 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 6748 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6749 6750 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 6751 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6752 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6753 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6754 AbstractVariableType)) 6755 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6756 return; 6757 6758 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 6759 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 6760 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 6761 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 6762 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 6763 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 6764 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 6765 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 6766 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 6767 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6768 ArrayT->getElementType(), 6769 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 6770 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6771 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6772 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 6773 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 6774 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 6775 // NOTE: code such as the following 6776 // static struct s; 6777 // struct s { int a; }; 6778 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 6779 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 6780 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 6781 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 6782 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6783 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 6784 } 6785 } 6786 6787 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 6788 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6789 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 6790 return; 6791 } 6792 6793 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6794 // definitions with incomplete array type. 6795 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 6796 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6797 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 6798 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6799 return; 6800 } 6801 6802 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6803 // definitions with reference type. 6804 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6805 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6806 << Var->getDeclName() 6807 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6808 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6809 return; 6810 } 6811 6812 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6813 // variable with dependent type. 6814 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6815 return; 6816 6817 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6818 return; 6819 6820 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6821 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6822 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6823 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6824 return; 6825 } 6826 6827 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6828 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6829 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6830 AbstractVariableType)) { 6831 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6832 return; 6833 } 6834 6835 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6836 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6837 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6838 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 6839 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6840 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6841 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6842 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6843 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6844 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6845 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6846 if (const RecordType *Record 6847 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6848 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6849 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 6850 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 6851 // incompatibilities with C++98. 6852 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 6853 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6854 } 6855 } 6856 6857 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6858 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6859 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6860 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6861 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6862 // type shall have a user-declared default 6863 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6864 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6865 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6866 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6867 // program is ill-formed. 6868 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6869 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6870 // default-initialized; [...]. 6871 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6872 InitializationKind Kind 6873 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6874 6875 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6876 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6877 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 6878 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6879 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6880 else if (Init.get()) { 6881 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6882 // This is important for template substitution. 6883 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6884 } 6885 6886 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6887 } 6888} 6889 6890void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6891 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6892 if (!VD) { 6893 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6894 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6895 return; 6896 } 6897 6898 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6899 6900 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6901 int Error = -1; 6902 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6903 case SC_None: 6904 break; 6905 case SC_Extern: 6906 Error = 0; 6907 break; 6908 case SC_Static: 6909 Error = 1; 6910 break; 6911 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6912 Error = 2; 6913 break; 6914 case SC_Auto: 6915 Error = 3; 6916 break; 6917 case SC_Register: 6918 Error = 4; 6919 break; 6920 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6921 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 6922 } 6923 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 6924 Error = 5; 6925 if (Error != -1) { 6926 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 6927 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 6928 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6929 } 6930} 6931 6932void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 6933 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6934 6935 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 6936 // local retaining variable. 6937 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6938 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6939 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 6940 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 6941 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 6942 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 6943 break; 6944 6945 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 6946 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 6947 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6948 break; 6949 } 6950 } 6951 6952 // All the following checks are C++ only. 6953 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 6954 6955 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 6956 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 6957 6958 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 6959 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6960 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 6961 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 6962 6963 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 6964 // constructing this copy. 6965 QualType type = var->getType(); 6966 6967 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6968 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 6969 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 6970 ExprResult result = 6971 PerformCopyInitialization( 6972 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 6973 poi, Owned(varRef)); 6974 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 6975 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 6976 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6977 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 6978 } 6979 } 6980 } 6981 6982 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 6983 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 6984 6985 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) { 6986 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 6987 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 6988 var->getLocation()) 6989 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 6990 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 6991 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 6992 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6993 6994 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 6995 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 6996 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 6997 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 6998 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 6999 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7000 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7001 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7002 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7003 Notes.clear(); 7004 } 7005 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7006 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7007 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7008 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7009 } 7010 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7011 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7012 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7013 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7014 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7015 } 7016 } 7017 7018 // Require the destructor. 7019 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7020 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7021} 7022 7023/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7024/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7025void 7026Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7027 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7028 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7029} 7030 7031Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7032Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7033 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7034 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7035 7036 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7037 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7038 7039 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7040 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7041 Decls.push_back(D); 7042 7043 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7044 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7045} 7046 7047/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7048/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7049Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7050Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7051 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7052 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7053 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7054 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7055 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7056 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7057 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7058 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7059 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7060 QualType Deduced; 7061 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7062 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7063 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7064 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7065 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7066 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7067 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7068 break; 7069 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7070 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7071 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7072 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7073 Deduced = U; 7074 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7075 DeducedDecl = D; 7076 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7077 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7078 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7079 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7080 << U << D->getDeclName() 7081 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7082 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7083 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7084 break; 7085 } 7086 } 7087 } 7088 } 7089 } 7090 7091 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7092} 7093 7094 7095/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7096/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7097Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7098 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7099 7100 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7101 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7102 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7103 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7104 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7105 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7106 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7107 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7108 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7109 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7110 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7111 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7112 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7113 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7114 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7115 } 7116 7117 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7118 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7119 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7120 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7121 << 0; 7122 7123 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7124 7125 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7126 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7127 7128 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7129 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7130 // parameter. 7131 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7132 7133 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7134 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7135 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7136 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7137 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7138 } 7139 } 7140 7141 // Ensure we have a valid name 7142 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7143 if (D.hasName()) { 7144 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7145 if (!II) { 7146 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7147 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7148 D.setInvalidType(true); 7149 } 7150 } 7151 7152 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7153 if (II) { 7154 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7155 ForRedeclaration); 7156 LookupName(R, S); 7157 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7158 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7159 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7160 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7161 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7162 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7163 PrevDecl = 0; 7164 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7165 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7166 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7167 7168 // Recover by removing the name 7169 II = 0; 7170 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7171 D.setInvalidType(true); 7172 } 7173 } 7174 } 7175 7176 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7177 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7178 // looking like class members in C++. 7179 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7180 D.getLocStart(), 7181 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7182 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7183 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7184 7185 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7186 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7187 7188 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7189 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7190 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7191 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7192 7193 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7194 S->AddDecl(New); 7195 if (II) 7196 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7197 7198 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7199 7200 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7201 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7202 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7203 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7204 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7205 7206 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7207 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7208 } 7209 return New; 7210} 7211 7212/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7213/// typedef. 7214ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7215 SourceLocation Loc, 7216 QualType T) { 7217 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7218 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7219 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7220 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7221 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7222 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7223 Param->setImplicit(); 7224 return Param; 7225} 7226 7227void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7228 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7229 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7230 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7231 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7232 return; 7233 7234 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7235 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7236 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7237 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7238 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7239 } 7240 } 7241} 7242 7243void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7244 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7245 QualType ReturnTy, 7246 NamedDecl *D) { 7247 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7248 return; 7249 7250 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7251 // threshold. 7252 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7253 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7254 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7255 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7256 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7257 } 7258 7259 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7260 // threshold. 7261 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7262 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7263 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7264 continue; 7265 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7266 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7267 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7268 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7269 } 7270} 7271 7272ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7273 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7274 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7275 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7276 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7277 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7278 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7279 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7280 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7281 7282 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7283 7284 // Special cases for arrays: 7285 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7286 // - otherwise, it's an error 7287 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7288 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7289 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7290 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7291 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7292 } 7293 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7294 } else { 7295 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7296 } 7297 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7298 } 7299 7300 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7301 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7302 TSInfo, 7303 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7304 0); 7305 7306 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7307 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7308 // the class has been completely parsed. 7309 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7310 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7311 AbstractParamType)) 7312 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7313 7314 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7315 // passed by reference. 7316 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7317 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7318 Diag(NameLoc, 7319 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7320 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7321 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7322 New->setType(T); 7323 } 7324 7325 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7326 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7327 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7328 // an address space. 7329 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7330 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7331 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7332 } 7333 7334 return New; 7335} 7336 7337void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7338 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7339 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7340 7341 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7342 // for a K&R function. 7343 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7344 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7345 --i; 7346 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7347 SmallString<256> Code; 7348 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7349 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7350 << ";\n"; 7351 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7352 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7353 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7354 7355 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7356 // type. 7357 AttributeFactory attrs; 7358 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7359 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7360 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7361 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7362 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7363 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7364 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7365 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7366 } 7367 } 7368 } 7369} 7370 7371Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7372 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7373 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7374 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7375 7376 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7377 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 7378 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 7379 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7380} 7381 7382static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7383 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7384 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7385 return false; 7386 7387 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7388 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7389 return false; 7390 7391 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7392 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7393 return false; 7394 7395 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7396 if (FD->isMain()) 7397 return false; 7398 7399 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7400 if (FD->isInlined()) 7401 return false; 7402 7403 // Don't warn about function templates. 7404 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7405 return false; 7406 7407 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7408 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7409 return false; 7410 7411 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7412 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7413 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7414 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7415 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7416 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7417 continue; 7418 7419 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7420 break; 7421 } 7422 7423 return MissingPrototype; 7424} 7425 7426void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7427 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7428 // was an extern inline function. 7429 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7430 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7431 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7432 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7433 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7434 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7435 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7436 else 7437 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7438 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7439 } 7440} 7441 7442Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7443 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7444 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7445 7446 if (!D) 7447 return D; 7448 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7449 7450 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7451 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7452 else 7453 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7454 7455 // Enter a new function scope 7456 PushFunctionScope(); 7457 7458 // See if this is a redefinition. 7459 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7460 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7461 7462 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7463 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7464 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7465 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7466 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7467 } 7468 } 7469 7470 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7471 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7472 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7473 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7474 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7475 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7476 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7477 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7478 7479 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7480 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7481 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7482 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7483 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7484 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7485 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7486 7487 if (FnBodyScope) 7488 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7489 7490 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7491 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7492 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7493 7494 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7495 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7496 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7497 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7498 7499 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7500 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7501 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7502 7503 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7504 } 7505 } 7506 7507 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 7508 // introduce them into the function scope. 7509 if (FnBodyScope) { 7510 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 7511 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 7512 NamedDecl *D = *I; 7513 7514 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 7515 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 7516 // and reattach to the current context. 7517 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 7518 // Is the decl actually in the context? 7519 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 7520 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 7521 if (*DI == D) { 7522 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 7523 break; 7524 } 7525 } 7526 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 7527 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7528 } 7529 7530 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 7531 if (!D->getName().empty()) 7532 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7533 7534 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 7535 // accessible in this scope. 7536 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 7537 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 7538 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 7539 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7540 } 7541 } 7542 } 7543 7544 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 7545 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 7546 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 7547 7548 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7549 // dllimport attribute. 7550 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7551 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7552 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7553 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7554 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7555 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7556 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7557 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7558 << "dllimport"; 7559 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7560 return FD; 7561 } 7562 7563 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7564 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7565 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7566 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7567 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7568 // emitted. 7569 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7570 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7571 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7572 } 7573 } 7574 return FD; 7575} 7576 7577/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7578/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7579/// optimization. 7580/// 7581/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7582/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7583/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7584/// use the named return value optimization. 7585/// 7586/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7587/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7588/// the NRVO variable. 7589/// 7590/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7591/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7592/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7593void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7594 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7595 7596 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7597 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7598 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7599 return; 7600 7601 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7602 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7603 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7604 return; 7605 } 7606 7607 if (NRVOCandidate) 7608 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7609} 7610 7611Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 7612 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 7613} 7614 7615Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 7616 bool IsInstantiation) { 7617 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7618 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 7619 if (FunTmpl) 7620 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7621 else 7622 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 7623 7624 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 7625 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 7626 7627 if (FD) { 7628 FD->setBody(Body); 7629 7630 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 7631 // don't complain about missing return statements. 7632 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 7633 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7634 7635 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 7636 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 7637 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 7638 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 7639 7640 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7641 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 7642 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7643 FD->getResultType(), FD); 7644 7645 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 7646 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 7647 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 7648 7649 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7650 } 7651 7652 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 7653 "Function parsing confused"); 7654 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 7655 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 7656 MD->setBody(Body); 7657 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7658 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 7659 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 7660 MD->getResultType(), MD); 7661 7662 if (Body) 7663 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7664 } 7665 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 7666 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 7667 ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 7668 } 7669 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 7670 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 7671 ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 7672 } 7673 } else { 7674 return 0; 7675 } 7676 7677 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for " 7678 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7679 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for " 7680 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7681 7682 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 7683 if (Body) { 7684 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 7685 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 7686 // Verify this. 7687 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 7688 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 7689 7690 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 7691 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 7692 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 7693 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 7694 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 7695 7696 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 7697 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 7698 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 7699 7700 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 7701 Destructor->getParent()); 7702 } 7703 7704 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7705 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7706 // deletion in some later function. 7707 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 7708 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 7709 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7710 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 7711 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 7712 // enabled. 7713 ActivePolicy = &WP; 7714 } 7715 7716 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7717 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 7718 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 7719 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7720 7721 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 7722 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 7723 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 7724 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 7725 } 7726 7727 if (!IsInstantiation) 7728 PopDeclContext(); 7729 7730 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 7731 7732 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7733 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7734 // deletion in some later function. 7735 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 7736 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7737 } 7738 7739 return dcl; 7740} 7741 7742 7743/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 7744/// relevant Decl. 7745void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 7746 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 7747 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 7748 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 7749 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 7750 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 7751 7752 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 7753 if (Method->isStatic()) 7754 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 7755} 7756 7757 7758/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 7759/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 7760NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 7761 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 7762 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 7763 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 7764 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 7765 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 7766 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 7767 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 7768 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 7769 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 7770 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7771 return Pos->second; 7772 } 7773 7774 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 7775 unsigned diag_id; 7776 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7777 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 7778 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 7779 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 7780 else 7781 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 7782 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 7783 7784 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 7785 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 7786 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 7787 TypoCorrection Corrected; 7788 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 7789 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 7790 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 7791 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 7792 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 7793 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 7794 7795 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 7796 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 7797 7798 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 7799 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7800 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 7801 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 7802 } 7803 } 7804 7805 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 7806 const char *Dummy; 7807 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 7808 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 7809 unsigned DiagID; 7810 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 7811 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 7812 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 7813 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 7814 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 7815 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 7816 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7817 SourceLocation(), 7818 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 7819 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 7820 DS.getAttributes(), 7821 SourceLocation()); 7822 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 7823 7824 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 7825 7826 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 7827 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7828 7829 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 7830 FD->setImplicit(); 7831 7832 CurContext = PrevDC; 7833 7834 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 7835 7836 return FD; 7837} 7838 7839/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 7840/// the declaration of this function. 7841/// 7842/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 7843/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 7844/// like NSLog or printf. 7845/// 7846/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 7847/// attributes are applied to declarations. 7848void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7849 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7850 return; 7851 7852 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 7853 // actual attributes. 7854 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7855 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 7856 unsigned FormatIdx; 7857 bool HasVAListArg; 7858 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 7859 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 7860 const char *fmt = "printf"; 7861 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 7862 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 7863 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7864 fmt = "NSString"; 7865 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7866 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 7867 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7868 } 7869 } 7870 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 7871 HasVAListArg)) { 7872 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7873 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7874 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 7875 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7876 } 7877 7878 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 7879 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 7880 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 7881 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 7882 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 7883 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7884 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7885 } 7886 7887 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 7888 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 7889 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7890 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 7891 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7892 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7893 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7894 } 7895 7896 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 7897 if (!Name) 7898 return; 7899 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7900 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 7901 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 7902 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 7903 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 7904 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 7905 // about. 7906 } else 7907 return; 7908 7909 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 7910 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 7911 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 7912 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7913 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7914 "printf", 2, 7915 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 7916 } 7917} 7918 7919TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 7920 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 7921 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 7922 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 7923 7924 if (!TInfo) { 7925 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 7926 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 7927 } 7928 7929 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 7930 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7931 D.getLocStart(), 7932 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7933 D.getIdentifier(), 7934 TInfo); 7935 7936 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 7937 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 7938 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 7939 return NewTD; 7940 } 7941 7942 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7943 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7944 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7945 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 7946 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7947 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7948 else 7949 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 7950 } 7951 7952 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 7953 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 7954 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 7955 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 7956 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 7957 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 7958 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 7959 case TST_enum: 7960 case TST_struct: 7961 case TST_union: 7962 case TST_class: { 7963 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 7964 7965 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 7966 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 7967 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 7968 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 7969 7970 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 7971 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 7972 7973 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 7974 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 7975 break; 7976 7977 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 7978 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 7979 break; 7980 } 7981 7982 default: 7983 break; 7984 } 7985 7986 return NewTD; 7987} 7988 7989 7990/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 7991bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 7992 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7993 QualType T = TI->getType(); 7994 7995 if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context)) 7996 return false; 7997 7998 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 7999 return true; 8000} 8001 8002/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8003/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8004bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8005 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8006 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8007 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8008 8009 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8010 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8011 << Prev->isScoped(); 8012 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8013 return true; 8014 } 8015 8016 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8017 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8018 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8019 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8020 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8021 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8022 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8023 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8024 return true; 8025 } 8026 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8027 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8028 << Prev->isFixed(); 8029 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8030 return true; 8031 } 8032 8033 return false; 8034} 8035 8036/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8037/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8038/// 8039/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8040bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8041 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8042 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8043 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8044 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8045 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8046 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8047 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8048 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8049 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8050 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8051 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8052 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8053 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8054 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8055 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8056 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8057 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8058 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 8059 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8060 return true; 8061 8062 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 8063 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 8064 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8065 bool isTemplate = false; 8066 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8067 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8068 8069 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8070 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8071 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8072 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8073 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 8074 return true; 8075 } 8076 8077 if (isDefinition) { 8078 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8079 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8080 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8081 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8082 return true; 8083 } 8084 8085 bool previousMismatch = false; 8086 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8087 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8088 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8089 if (!previousMismatch) { 8090 previousMismatch = true; 8091 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8092 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 8093 } 8094 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8095 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 8096 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8097 NewTag == TTK_Class? 8098 "class" : "struct"); 8099 } 8100 } 8101 return true; 8102 } 8103 8104 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8105 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8106 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8107 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8108 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8109 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8110 return true; 8111 } 8112 8113 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8114 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 8115 << isTemplate << &Name; 8116 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8117 8118 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8119 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8120 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8121 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 8122 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8123 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 8124 } 8125 8126 return true; 8127 } 8128 return false; 8129} 8130 8131/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8132/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8133/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8134/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8135Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8136 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8137 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8138 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8139 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8140 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8141 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8142 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8143 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8144 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8145 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8146 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8147 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8148 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8149 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8150 8151 OwnedDecl = false; 8152 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8153 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8154 8155 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8156 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8157 bool Invalid = false; 8158 8159 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8160 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8161 // for non-C++ cases. 8162 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8163 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8164 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8165 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8166 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 8167 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8168 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8169 isExplicitSpecialization, 8170 Invalid)) { 8171 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8172 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8173 // be a member of another template). 8174 8175 if (Invalid) 8176 return 0; 8177 8178 OwnedDecl = false; 8179 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8180 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8181 TemplateParams, AS, 8182 ModulePrivateLoc, 8183 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 8184 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 8185 return Result.get(); 8186 } else { 8187 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8188 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8189 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8190 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8191 } 8192 } 8193 } 8194 8195 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8196 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8197 // redeclaration. 8198 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8199 8200 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8201 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8202 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8203 // type, default to int. 8204 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8205 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8206 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8207 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8208 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8209 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8210 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8211 8212 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8213 // Recover by falling back to int. 8214 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8215 8216 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8217 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8218 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8219 8220 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8221 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8222 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8223 } 8224 8225 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8226 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8227 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8228 8229 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8230 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8231 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8232 8233 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8234 8235 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8236 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8237 8238 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8239 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8240 Name = 0; 8241 goto CreateNewDecl; 8242 } 8243 8244 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8245 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8246 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8247 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8248 if (!DC) { 8249 IsDependent = true; 8250 return 0; 8251 } 8252 } else { 8253 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8254 if (!DC) { 8255 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8256 << SS.getRange(); 8257 return 0; 8258 } 8259 } 8260 8261 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8262 return 0; 8263 8264 SearchDC = DC; 8265 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8266 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8267 8268 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8269 return 0; 8270 8271 if (Previous.empty()) { 8272 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8273 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8274 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8275 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8276 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8277 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8278 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8279 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8280 IsDependent = true; 8281 return 0; 8282 } 8283 8284 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8285 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8286 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8287 Name = 0; 8288 Invalid = true; 8289 goto CreateNewDecl; 8290 } 8291 } else if (Name) { 8292 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8293 // declaration or definition. 8294 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8295 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8296 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8297 LookupName(Previous, S); 8298 8299 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8300 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8301 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8302 while (F.hasNext()) { 8303 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8304 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8305 F.erase(); 8306 } 8307 F.done(); 8308 } 8309 8310 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8311 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8312 return 0; 8313 8314 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8315 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8316 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8317 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8318 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8319 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8320 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8321 } 8322 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8323 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8324 // initial context to the translation unit. 8325 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8326 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8327 } 8328 8329 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8330 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8331 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8332 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8333 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8334 Previous.clear(); 8335 } 8336 8337 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8338 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8339 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8340 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8341 8342 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8343 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8344 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8345 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8346 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8347 } 8348 } 8349 8350 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8351 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8352 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8353 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8354 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8355 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8356 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8357 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8358 8359 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8360 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8361 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8362 // 8363 // class-key identifier 8364 // 8365 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8366 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8367 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8368 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8369 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8370 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8371 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8372 // declaration. 8373 // 8374 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8375 // C structs and unions. 8376 // 8377 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8378 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8379 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8380 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8381 // 8382 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8383 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8384 // 8385 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8386 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8387 // lexical context, 8388 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8389 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8390 8391 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8392 while (S->isClassScope() || 8393 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8394 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8395 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8396 (S->getEntity() && 8397 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8398 S = S->getParent(); 8399 } else { 8400 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8401 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8402 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8403 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8404 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8405 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8406 } 8407 8408 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8409 // diagnose some problems. 8410 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8411 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8412 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8413 } 8414 } 8415 8416 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8417 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8418 8419 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8420 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8421 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8422 // in C++. 8423 // 8424 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8425 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8426 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8427 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8428 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8429 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8430 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8431 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8432 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8433 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8434 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8435 PrevDecl = Tag; 8436 Previous.clear(); 8437 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8438 Previous.resolveKind(); 8439 } 8440 } 8441 } 8442 } 8443 8444 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8445 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8446 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8447 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8448 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8449 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8450 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8451 // struct or something similar. 8452 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8453 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8454 *Name)) { 8455 bool SafeToContinue 8456 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8457 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8458 if (SafeToContinue) 8459 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8460 << Name 8461 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8462 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8463 else 8464 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 8465 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8466 8467 if (SafeToContinue) 8468 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 8469 else { 8470 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 8471 Name = 0; 8472 Previous.clear(); 8473 Invalid = true; 8474 } 8475 } 8476 8477 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 8478 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 8479 8480 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 8481 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 8482 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8483 if (ScopedEnum) 8484 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 8485 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 8486 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 8487 return PrevTagDecl; 8488 } 8489 8490 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 8491 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8492 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 8493 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 8494 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 8495 8496 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 8497 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 8498 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 8499 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 8500 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 8501 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 8502 } 8503 8504 if (!Invalid) { 8505 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 8506 8507 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 8508 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 8509 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 8510 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 8511 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 8512 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 8513 return PrevTagDecl; 8514 8515 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 8516 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8517 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 8518 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 8519 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 8520 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 8521 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 8522 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 8523 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 8524 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8525 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8526 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8527 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 8528 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8529 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8530 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8531 } 8532 8533 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 8534 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 8535 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 8536 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 8537 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 8538 else 8539 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 8540 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8541 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 8542 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 8543 // references get the previous definition. 8544 Name = 0; 8545 Previous.clear(); 8546 Invalid = true; 8547 } 8548 } else { 8549 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 8550 // about a nested redefinition. 8551 const TagType *Tag 8552 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 8553 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8554 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 8555 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 8556 diag::note_previous_definition); 8557 Name = 0; 8558 Previous.clear(); 8559 Invalid = true; 8560 } 8561 } 8562 8563 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 8564 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 8565 } 8566 } 8567 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 8568 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 8569 8570 } else { 8571 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 8572 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 8573 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 8574 // have distinct types. 8575 Previous.clear(); 8576 } 8577 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 8578 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 8579 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 8580 8581 8582 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 8583 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 8584 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 8585 } else { 8586 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 8587 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 8588 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 8589 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 8590 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 8591 unsigned Kind = 0; 8592 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8593 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8594 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8595 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 8596 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 8597 Invalid = true; 8598 8599 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 8600 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 8601 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8602 // do nothing 8603 8604 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 8605 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8606 unsigned Kind = 0; 8607 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8608 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8609 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8610 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 8611 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8612 Invalid = true; 8613 8614 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 8615 // case here. 8616 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8617 unsigned Kind = 0; 8618 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8619 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 8620 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 8621 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8622 Invalid = true; 8623 8624 // Otherwise, diagnose. 8625 } else { 8626 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 8627 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 8628 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 8629 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8630 Name = 0; 8631 Invalid = true; 8632 } 8633 8634 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 8635 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 8636 Previous.clear(); 8637 } 8638 } 8639 8640CreateNewDecl: 8641 8642 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8643 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 8644 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8645 8646 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 8647 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 8648 // keyword. 8649 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 8650 8651 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 8652 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 8653 // PrevDecl. 8654 TagDecl *New; 8655 8656 bool IsForwardReference = false; 8657 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8658 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8659 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 8660 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8661 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 8662 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 8663 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 8664 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 8665 TagDecl *Def; 8666 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 8667 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 8668 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 8669 } 8670 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 8671 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 8672 << New; 8673 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8674 } else { 8675 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 8676 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8677 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 8678 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8679 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 8680 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 8681 8682 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 8683 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 8684 // the declaration context. 8685 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 8686 IsForwardReference = true; 8687 } 8688 } 8689 8690 if (EnumUnderlying) { 8691 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 8692 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8693 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 8694 else 8695 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 8696 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 8697 } 8698 8699 } else { 8700 // struct/union/class 8701 8702 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8703 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 8704 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8705 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 8706 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8707 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8708 8709 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 8710 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 8711 } else 8712 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8713 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8714 } 8715 8716 // Maybe add qualifier info. 8717 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8718 if (SS.isSet()) { 8719 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 8720 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 8721 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 8722 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 8723 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 8724 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 8725 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 8726 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 8727 Invalid = true; 8728 8729 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 8730 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 8731 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8732 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8733 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 8734 } 8735 } 8736 else 8737 Invalid = true; 8738 } 8739 8740 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 8741 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 8742 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 8743 // 8744 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 8745 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 8746 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 8747 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 8748 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 8749 // parsing of the struct). 8750 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 8751 8752 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 8753 } 8754 8755 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 8756 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 8757 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8758 << 2 8759 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8760 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 8761 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 8762 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 8763 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8764 New->setModulePrivate(); 8765 } 8766 8767 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 8768 // check the specialization. 8769 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 8770 Invalid = true; 8771 8772 if (Invalid) 8773 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8774 8775 if (Attr) 8776 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8777 8778 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 8779 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 8780 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8781 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 8782 8783 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 8784 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 8785 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8786 8787 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 8788 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 8789 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 8790 // the tag name visible. 8791 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 8792 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 8793 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 8794 8795 // Set the access specifier. 8796 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 8797 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 8798 8799 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 8800 New->startDefinition(); 8801 8802 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8803 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8804 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 8805 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 8806 if (PrevDecl) 8807 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 8808 8809 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 8810 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 8811 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 8812 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 8813 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 8814 } else if (Name) { 8815 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8816 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 8817 if (IsForwardReference) 8818 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 8819 8820 } else { 8821 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8822 } 8823 8824 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 8825 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 8826 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 8827 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 8828 II->isStr("FILE")) 8829 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 8830 8831 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 8832 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 8833 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8834 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 8835 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 8836 8837 if (PrevDecl) 8838 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 8839 8840 OwnedDecl = true; 8841 return New; 8842} 8843 8844void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8845 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8846 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8847 8848 // Enter the tag context. 8849 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 8850} 8851 8852Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 8853 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 8854 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 8855 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 8856 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 8857 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 8858 CurContext = OCD; 8859 return IDecl; 8860} 8861 8862void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8863 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 8864 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 8865 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8866 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 8867 8868 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 8869 8870 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 8871 return; 8872 8873 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 8874 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 8875 8876 // C++ [class]p2: 8877 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 8878 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 8879 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 8880 // as if it were a public member name. 8881 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 8882 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 8883 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 8884 Record->getIdentifier(), 8885 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 8886 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 8887 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 8888 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 8889 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 8890 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 8891 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 8892 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 8893 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 8894 "Broken injected-class-name"); 8895} 8896 8897void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8898 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 8899 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8900 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8901 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 8902 8903 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 8904 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8905 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 8906 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 8907 RD->completeDefinition(); 8908 } 8909 8910 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 8911 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 8912 8913 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 8914 PopDeclContext(); 8915 8916 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 8917 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 8918} 8919 8920void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 8921 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 8922 PopDeclContext(); 8923} 8924 8925void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8926 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 8927 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 8928 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 8929} 8930 8931void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8932 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 8933 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 8934} 8935 8936void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8937 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8938 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8939 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 8940 8941 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 8942 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8943 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 8944 RD->completeDefinition(); 8945 } 8946 8947 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 8948 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 8949 // the FieldCollector. 8950 8951 PopDeclContext(); 8952} 8953 8954// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 8955ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 8956 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 8957 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 8958 bool *ZeroWidth) { 8959 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 8960 if (ZeroWidth) 8961 *ZeroWidth = true; 8962 8963 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 8964 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 8965 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8966 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 8967 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 8968 return ExprError(); 8969 if (FieldName) 8970 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 8971 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8972 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 8973 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8974 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 8975 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 8976 return ExprError(); 8977 8978 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 8979 // it now. 8980 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 8981 return Owned(BitWidth); 8982 8983 llvm::APSInt Value; 8984 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 8985 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 8986 return ICE; 8987 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 8988 8989 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 8990 *ZeroWidth = false; 8991 8992 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 8993 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 8994 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 8995 8996 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 8997 if (FieldName) 8998 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8999 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9000 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9001 << Value.toString(10); 9002 } 9003 9004 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9005 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9006 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9007 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9008 if (FieldName) 9009 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9010 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9011 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9012 9013 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9014 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9015 } 9016 9017 if (FieldName) 9018 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9019 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9020 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9021 else 9022 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9023 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9024 } 9025 } 9026 9027 return Owned(BitWidth); 9028} 9029 9030/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9031/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9032Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9033 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9034 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9035 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9036 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9037 return Res; 9038} 9039 9040/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9041/// 9042FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9043 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9044 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9045 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9046 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9047 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9048 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9049 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9050 9051 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9052 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9053 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9054 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9055 9056 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9057 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9058 D.setInvalidType(); 9059 T = Context.IntTy; 9060 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9061 } 9062 } 9063 9064 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9065 9066 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9067 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9068 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9069 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9070 << 2; 9071 9072 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9073 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9074 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9075 LookupName(Previous, S); 9076 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9077 case LookupResult::Found: 9078 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9079 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9080 break; 9081 9082 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9083 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9084 break; 9085 9086 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9087 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9088 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9089 break; 9090 } 9091 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9092 9093 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9094 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9095 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9096 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9097 PrevDecl = 0; 9098 } 9099 9100 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9101 PrevDecl = 0; 9102 9103 bool Mutable 9104 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9105 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9106 FieldDecl *NewFD 9107 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9108 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9109 9110 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9111 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9112 9113 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9114 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9115 9116 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9117 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9118 // with the same name in the same scope. 9119 } else if (II) { 9120 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9121 } else 9122 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9123 9124 return NewFD; 9125} 9126 9127/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9128/// 9129/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9130/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9131/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9132/// created. 9133/// 9134/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9135/// 9136/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9137FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9138 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9139 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9140 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9141 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9142 SourceLocation TSSL, 9143 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9144 Declarator *D) { 9145 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9146 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9147 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9148 9149 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9150 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9151 if (T.isNull()) { 9152 InvalidDecl = true; 9153 T = Context.IntTy; 9154 } 9155 9156 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9157 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9158 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9159 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9160 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9161 InvalidDecl = true; 9162 } else { 9163 NamedDecl *Def; 9164 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9165 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9166 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9167 InvalidDecl = true; 9168 } 9169 } 9170 } 9171 9172 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9173 // than a variably modified type. 9174 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9175 bool SizeIsNegative; 9176 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9177 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 9178 SizeIsNegative, 9179 Oversized); 9180 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 9181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9182 T = FixedTy; 9183 } else { 9184 if (SizeIsNegative) 9185 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9186 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9187 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9188 << Oversized.toString(10); 9189 else 9190 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9191 InvalidDecl = true; 9192 } 9193 } 9194 9195 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9196 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9197 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9198 AbstractFieldType)) 9199 InvalidDecl = true; 9200 9201 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9202 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9203 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9204 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9205 if (!BitWidth) { 9206 InvalidDecl = true; 9207 BitWidth = 0; 9208 ZeroWidth = false; 9209 } 9210 } 9211 9212 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9213 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9214 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9215 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9216 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9217 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9218 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9219 9220 if (DiagID) { 9221 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9222 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9223 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9224 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9225 Mutable = false; 9226 InvalidDecl = true; 9227 } 9228 } 9229 9230 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9231 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9232 if (InvalidDecl) 9233 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9234 9235 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9236 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9237 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9238 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9239 } 9240 9241 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9242 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9243 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9244 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9245 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9246 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9247 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9248 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9249 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9250 // objects. 9251 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9252 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9253 } 9254 } 9255 9256 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9257 // the program is ill-formed. 9258 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9259 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9260 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9261 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9262 } 9263 } 9264 } 9265 9266 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9267 // representation, not a parser representation. 9268 if (D) 9269 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9270 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9271 9272 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9273 // retainable type. 9274 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9275 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9276 9277 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9278 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9279 9280 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9281 return NewFD; 9282} 9283 9284bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9285 assert(FD); 9286 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9287 9288 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9289 return true; 9290 9291 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9292 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9293 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9294 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9295 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9296 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9297 // copy constructors. 9298 9299 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9300 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9301 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9302 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9303 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9304 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9305 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9306 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9307 member = CXXDestructor; 9308 9309 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9310 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9311 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9312 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9313 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9314 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9315 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9316 // members unavailable. 9317 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9318 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9319 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9320 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9321 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9322 return false; 9323 } 9324 } 9325 9326 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ? 9327 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9328 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9329 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9330 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 9331 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x; 9332 } 9333 } 9334 } 9335 9336 return false; 9337} 9338 9339/// If the given constructor is user-provided, produce a diagnostic explaining 9340/// that it makes the class non-trivial. 9341static bool DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT, 9342 CXXConstructorDecl *CD, 9343 Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) { 9344 if (!CD->isUserProvided()) 9345 return false; 9346 9347 SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation(); 9348 S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM; 9349 return true; 9350} 9351 9352/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 9353/// special member, figure out why. 9354void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 9355 QualType QT(T, 0U); 9356 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 9357 9358 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 9359 switch (member) { 9360 case CXXInvalid: 9361 break; 9362 9363 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9364 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 9365 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 9366 for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI) 9367 if (DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member)) 9368 return; 9369 9370 // No user-provided constructors; look for constructor templates. 9371 typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl> 9372 tmpl_iter; 9373 for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end()); 9374 TI != TE; ++TI) { 9375 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = 9376 dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl()); 9377 if (CD && DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, CD, member)) 9378 return; 9379 } 9380 } 9381 break; 9382 9383 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9384 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 9385 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 9386 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 9387 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9388 return; 9389 } 9390 break; 9391 9392 case CXXMoveConstructor: 9393 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 9394 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 9395 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9396 return; 9397 } 9398 break; 9399 9400 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9401 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 9402 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 9403 // assignment, not the type. 9404 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getLocStart(); 9405 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9406 return; 9407 } 9408 break; 9409 9410 case CXXMoveAssignment: 9411 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 9412 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 9413 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9414 return; 9415 } 9416 break; 9417 9418 case CXXDestructor: 9419 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 9420 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 9421 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9422 return; 9423 } 9424 break; 9425 } 9426 9427 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 9428 9429 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 9430 // but not trivial destruction. 9431 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 9432 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 9433 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 9434 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 9435 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 9436 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9437 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 9438 return; 9439 } 9440 9441 // Check for virtual methods. 9442 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 9443 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 9444 ++mi) { 9445 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 9446 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart(); 9447 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 9448 return; 9449 } 9450 } 9451 } 9452 9453 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 9454 switch (member) { 9455 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9456 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 9457 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9458 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 9459 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9460 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 9461 case CXXDestructor: 9462 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 9463 default: 9464 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 9465 } 9466 9467 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 9468 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 9469 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 9470 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 9471 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 9472 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 9473 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9474 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 9475 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 9476 return; 9477 } 9478 } 9479 9480 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 9481 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 9482 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 9483 ++fi) { 9484 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType()); 9485 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9486 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 9487 9488 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 9489 SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation(); 9490 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 9491 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 9492 return; 9493 } 9494 } 9495 9496 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9497 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 9498 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9499 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9500 break; 9501 9502 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9503 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9504 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9505 Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 9506 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 9507 return; 9508 } 9509 } 9510 } 9511 9512 llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 9513} 9514 9515/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9516/// AST enum value. 9517static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9518TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9519 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9520 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9521 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9522 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9523 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9524 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9525 } 9526} 9527 9528/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9529/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9530Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9531 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9532 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9533 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9534 9535 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9536 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9537 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9538 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9539 9540 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9541 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9542 9543 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9544 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9545 9546 if (BitWidth) { 9547 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9548 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9549 if (!BitWidth) 9550 D.setInvalidType(); 9551 } else { 9552 // Not a bitfield. 9553 9554 // validate II. 9555 9556 } 9557 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9558 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9559 D.setInvalidType(); 9560 } 9561 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9562 // than a variably modified type. 9563 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9564 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9565 D.setInvalidType(); 9566 } 9567 9568 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9569 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9570 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9571 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9572 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9573 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9574 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9575 return 0; 9576 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9577 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9578 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9579 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 9580 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 9581 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 9582 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 9583 } 9584 else 9585 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9586 } else { 9587 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9588 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9589 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 9590 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 9591 return 0; 9592 } 9593 } 9594 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9595 } 9596 9597 // Construct the decl. 9598 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 9599 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 9600 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 9601 9602 if (II) { 9603 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 9604 ForRedeclaration); 9605 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 9606 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9607 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9608 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9609 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9610 } 9611 } 9612 9613 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9614 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 9615 9616 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9617 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9618 9619 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 9620 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 9621 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9622 9623 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9624 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 9625 9626 if (II) { 9627 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 9628 // these to the interface. 9629 S->AddDecl(NewID); 9630 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 9631 } 9632 9633 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 9634 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 9635 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 9636 9637 return NewID; 9638} 9639 9640/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 9641/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 9642/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 9643/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 9644void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 9645 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 9646 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 9647 return; 9648 9649 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 9650 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 9651 9652 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 9653 return; 9654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 9655 if (!ID) { 9656 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 9657 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 9658 return; 9659 } 9660 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 9661 else 9662 return; 9663 } 9664 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 9665 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 9666 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 9667 9668 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 9669 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 9670 Context.CharTy, 9671 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 9672 DeclLoc), 9673 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 9674 true); 9675 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 9676} 9677 9678void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 9679 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 9680 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 9681 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 9682 AttributeList *Attr) { 9683 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 9684 9685 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 9686 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 9687 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9688 return; 9689 9690 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9691 9692 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 9693 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 9694 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 9695 if (Record) { 9696 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 9697 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 9698 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 9699 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 9700 ++NumNamedMembers; 9701 } 9702 } 9703 9704 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 9705 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 9706 9707 bool ARCErrReported = false; 9708 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 9709 i != end; ++i) { 9710 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 9711 9712 // Get the type for the field. 9713 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 9714 9715 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 9716 // Remember all fields written by the user. 9717 RecFields.push_back(FD); 9718 } 9719 9720 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 9721 // diagnostics about it. 9722 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9723 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9724 continue; 9725 } 9726 9727 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 9728 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 9729 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 9730 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 9731 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 9732 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 9733 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 9734 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 9735 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 9736 // array. 9737 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 9738 // Field declared as a function. 9739 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 9740 << FD->getDeclName(); 9741 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9742 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9743 continue; 9744 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 9745 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 9746 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 9747 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 9748 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 9749 // Flexible array member. 9750 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 9751 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 9752 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 9753 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 9754 if (Record->isUnion()) 9755 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 9756 << FD->getDeclName(); 9757 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9758 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 9759 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9760 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9761 if (Record->isUnion()) 9762 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9763 << FD->getDeclName(); 9764 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9765 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 9766 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9767 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 9768 if (Record->isUnion()) 9769 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9770 << FD->getDeclName(); 9771 else 9772 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 9773 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9774 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 9775 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 9776 << FD->getDeclName(); 9777 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9778 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9779 continue; 9780 } 9781 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 9782 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 9783 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 9784 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9785 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9786 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9787 continue; 9788 } 9789 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 9790 if (Record) 9791 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9792 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 9793 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 9794 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9795 // Incomplete type 9796 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9797 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9798 continue; 9799 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9800 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 9801 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 9802 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 9803 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9804 } else { 9805 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 9806 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 9807 // structures. 9808 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 9809 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 9810 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9811 else { 9812 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 9813 // other structs as an extension. 9814 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 9815 << FD->getDeclName(); 9816 if (Record) 9817 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9818 } 9819 } 9820 } 9821 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9822 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9823 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 9824 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 9825 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 9826 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 9827 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 9828 FD->setType(T); 9829 } 9830 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9831 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 9832 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 9833 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 9834 // so we just make the field unavailable. 9835 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 9836 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 9837 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9838 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 9839 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 9840 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 9841 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 9842 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 9843 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 9844 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9845 } 9846 } else { 9847 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 9848 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 9849 } 9850 ARCErrReported = true; 9851 } 9852 } 9853 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 9854 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 9855 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 9856 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9857 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 9858 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9859 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 9860 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9861 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 9862 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9863 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9864 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9865 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 9866 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9867 } 9868 } 9869 } 9870 // Keep track of the number of named members. 9871 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 9872 ++NumNamedMembers; 9873 } 9874 9875 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 9876 if (Record) { 9877 bool Completed = false; 9878 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 9879 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 9880 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 9881 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 9882 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 9883 I != E; ++I) 9884 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 9885 9886 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 9887 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 9888 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 9889 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 9890 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 9891 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 9892 // 9893 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 9894 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 9895 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 9896 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 9897 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 9898 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9899 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 9900 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 9901 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 9902 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9903 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 9904 << CXXRecord; 9905 } else { 9906 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 9907 // for them is going to be tricky. 9908 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9909 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9910 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9911 << CXXRecord << 0; 9912 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9913 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9914 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9915 << CXXRecord << 1; 9916 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9917 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9918 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9919 << CXXRecord << 2; 9920 } 9921 } 9922 9923 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 9924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9925 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 9926 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 9927 9928 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 9929 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 9930 9931 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 9932 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 9933 // problem now. 9934 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 9935 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 9936 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 9937 9938 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 9939 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 9940 M != MEnd; ++M) { 9941 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 9942 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 9943 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 9944 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 9945 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 9946 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 9947 continue; 9948 9949 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 9950 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 9951 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 9952 // program is ill-formed. 9953 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 9954 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 9955 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 9956 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 9957 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 9958 OM = SO->second.begin(), 9959 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 9960 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 9961 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 9962 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 9963 9964 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9965 } 9966 } 9967 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 9968 Completed = true; 9969 } 9970 } 9971 } 9972 } 9973 9974 if (!Completed) 9975 Record->completeDefinition(); 9976 9977 } else { 9978 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 9979 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 9980 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9981 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 9982 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 9983 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9984 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 9985 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9986 } 9987 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 9988 // duplicates. 9989 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 9990 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 9991 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9992 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9993 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 9994 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 9995 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 9996 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 9997 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 9998 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 9999 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10000 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10001 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10002 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10003 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10004 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10005 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10006 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10007 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10008 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10009 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10010 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10011 if (IDecl) { 10012 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10013 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10014 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10015 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10016 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10017 continue; 10018 } 10019 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10020 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10021 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10022 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10023 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10024 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10025 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10026 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10027 continue; 10028 } 10029 } 10030 } 10031 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10032 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10033 } 10034 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10035 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10036 } 10037 } 10038 10039 if (Attr) 10040 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10041 10042 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 10043 // set the visibility of this record. 10044 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 10045 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 10046} 10047 10048/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10049/// the given type T. 10050static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10051 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10052 QualType T) { 10053 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10054 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10055 10056 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10057 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10058 --BitWidth; 10059 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10060 } 10061 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10062} 10063 10064// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10065// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10066static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10067 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10068 // enum checking below. 10069 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10070 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10071 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10072 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10073 }; 10074 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10075 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10076 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10077 }; 10078 10079 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10080 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10081 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10082 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10083 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10084 return Types[I]; 10085 10086 return QualType(); 10087} 10088 10089EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10090 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10091 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10092 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10093 Expr *Val) { 10094 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10095 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10096 QualType EltTy; 10097 10098 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10099 Val = 0; 10100 10101 if (Val) 10102 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10103 10104 if (Val) { 10105 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10106 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10107 else { 10108 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10109 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() && 10110 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10111 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10112 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10113 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10114 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10115 ExprResult Converted = 10116 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10117 CCEK_Enumerator); 10118 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10119 Val = 0; 10120 else 10121 Val = Converted.take(); 10122 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10123 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10124 &EnumVal).take())) { 10125 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10126 } else { 10127 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10128 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10129 10130 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10131 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10132 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10133 // expression checking. 10134 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10135 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10136 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10137 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10138 } else 10139 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10140 } else 10141 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10142 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10143 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10144 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10145 // is the type of its initializing value: 10146 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10147 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10148 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10149 } else { 10150 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10151 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10152 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10153 // representable as an int. 10154 10155 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10156 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10157 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10158 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10159 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10160 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10161 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10162 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10163 } 10164 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10165 } 10166 } 10167 } 10168 } 10169 10170 if (!Val) { 10171 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10172 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10173 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10174 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10175 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10176 // is the type of its initializing value: 10177 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10178 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10179 // 10180 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10181 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10182 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10183 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10184 } 10185 else { 10186 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10187 } 10188 } else { 10189 // Assign the last value + 1. 10190 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10191 ++EnumVal; 10192 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10193 10194 // Check for overflow on increment. 10195 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10196 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10197 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10198 // is the type of its initializing value: 10199 // 10200 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10201 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10202 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10203 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10204 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10205 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10206 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10207 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10208 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10209 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10210 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10211 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10212 ++EnumVal; 10213 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10214 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10215 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10216 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10217 << EltTy; 10218 else 10219 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10220 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10221 } else { 10222 EltTy = T; 10223 } 10224 10225 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10226 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10227 // value, then increment. 10228 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10229 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10230 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10231 ++EnumVal; 10232 10233 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10234 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10235 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10236 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10237 // integral type. 10238 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10239 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10240 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10241 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10242 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10243 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10244 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10245 } 10246 } 10247 } 10248 10249 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10250 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10251 // enumerator's type. 10252 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10253 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10254 } 10255 10256 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10257 Val, EnumVal); 10258} 10259 10260 10261Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10262 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10263 AttributeList *Attr, 10264 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10265 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10266 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10267 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10268 10269 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10270 // we find one that is. 10271 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10272 10273 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10274 // scope. 10275 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10276 ForRedeclaration); 10277 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10278 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10279 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10280 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10281 PrevDecl = 0; 10282 } 10283 10284 if (PrevDecl) { 10285 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10286 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10287 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10288 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10289 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10290 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10291 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10292 else 10293 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10294 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10295 return 0; 10296 } 10297 } 10298 10299 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 10300 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 10301 // name different from T: 10302 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 10303 // type 10304 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10305 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10306 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10307 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10308 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10309 10310 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10311 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10312 10313 if (New) { 10314 // Process attributes. 10315 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10316 10317 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10318 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10319 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10320 } 10321 10322 return New; 10323} 10324 10325// Emits a warning if every element in the enum is the same value and if 10326// every element is initialized with a integer or boolean literal. 10327static void CheckForUniqueEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10328 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10329 QualType EnumType) { 10330 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_identical_enum_values, 10331 Enum->getLocation()) == 10332 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10333 return; 10334 10335 if (NumElements < 2) 10336 return; 10337 10338 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10339 return; 10340 10341 llvm::APSInt FirstVal; 10342 10343 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10344 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10345 if (!ECD) 10346 return; 10347 10348 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10349 if (!InitExpr) 10350 return; 10351 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10352 if (!isa<IntegerLiteral>(InitExpr) && !isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(InitExpr)) 10353 return; 10354 10355 if (i == 0) { 10356 FirstVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10357 continue; 10358 } 10359 10360 if (FirstVal != ECD->getInitVal()) 10361 return; 10362 } 10363 10364 S.Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_identical_enum_values) 10365 << EnumType << FirstVal.toString(10) 10366 << Enum->getSourceRange(); 10367 10368 EnumConstantDecl *Last = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 1]), 10369 *Next = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 2]); 10370 10371 S.Diag(Last->getLocation(), diag::note_identical_enum_values) 10372 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Last->getInitExpr()->getSourceRange(), 10373 Next->getName()); 10374} 10375 10376void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10377 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10378 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10379 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10380 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10381 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10382 10383 if (Attr) 10384 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10385 10386 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10387 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10388 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10389 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10390 if (!ECD) continue; 10391 10392 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10393 } 10394 10395 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10396 return; 10397 } 10398 10399 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10400 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10401 // emit a warning. 10402 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10403 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10404 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10405 10406 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10407 // reverse the list. 10408 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10409 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10410 10411 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10412 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10413 10414 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10415 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10416 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10417 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10418 10419 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10420 10421 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10422 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10423 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10424 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10425 else 10426 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10427 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10428 10429 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10430 if (AllElementsInt) 10431 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10432 } 10433 10434 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10435 QualType BestType; 10436 unsigned BestWidth; 10437 10438 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10439 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10440 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10441 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10442 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10443 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10444 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10445 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10446 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10447 QualType BestPromotionType; 10448 10449 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10450 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10451 // enum definitions. 10452 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10453 Packed = true; 10454 10455 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10456 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10457 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10458 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10459 else 10460 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10461 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10462 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10463 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10464 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10465 } 10466 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10467 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10468 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10469 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10470 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10471 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10472 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10473 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10474 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10475 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10476 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10477 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10478 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10479 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10480 } else { 10481 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10482 10483 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10484 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10485 } else { 10486 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10487 10488 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10489 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10490 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10491 } 10492 } 10493 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10494 } else { 10495 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10496 // all of the enumerator values. 10497 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10498 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10499 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10500 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10501 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10502 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10503 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10504 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10505 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10506 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10507 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10508 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10509 BestPromotionType 10510 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10511 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10512 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10513 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10514 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 10515 BestPromotionType 10516 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10517 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 10518 } else { 10519 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10520 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 10521 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 10522 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 10523 BestPromotionType 10524 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10525 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 10526 } 10527 } 10528 10529 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 10530 // the type of the enum if needed. 10531 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10532 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10533 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10534 10535 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 10536 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 10537 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 10538 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 10539 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 10540 10541 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 10542 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10543 10544 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 10545 // the enum decl type. 10546 QualType NewTy; 10547 unsigned NewWidth; 10548 bool NewSign; 10549 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10550 !Enum->isFixed() && 10551 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 10552 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 10553 NewWidth = IntWidth; 10554 NewSign = true; 10555 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 10556 // Already the right type! 10557 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10558 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10559 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10560 // enumeration. 10561 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10562 continue; 10563 } else { 10564 NewTy = BestType; 10565 NewWidth = BestWidth; 10566 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 10567 } 10568 10569 // Adjust the APSInt value. 10570 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 10571 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 10572 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 10573 10574 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 10575 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 10576 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 10577 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 10578 CK_IntegralCast, 10579 ECD->getInitExpr(), 10580 /*base paths*/ 0, 10581 VK_RValue)); 10582 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10583 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10584 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10585 // enumeration. 10586 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10587 else 10588 ECD->setType(NewTy); 10589 } 10590 10591 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 10592 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 10593 10594 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 10595 // it needs to go into the function scope. 10596 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 10597 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 10598 10599 CheckForUniqueEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 10600} 10601 10602Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 10603 SourceLocation StartLoc, 10604 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 10605 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 10606 10607 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10608 AsmString, StartLoc, 10609 EndLoc); 10610 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10611 return New; 10612} 10613 10614DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 10615 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 10616 ModuleIdPath Path) { 10617 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 10618 Module::AllVisible, 10619 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 10620 if (!Mod) 10621 return true; 10622 10623 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 10624 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 10625 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 10626 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 10627 // We need the length to be consistent. 10628 if (!ModCheck) 10629 break; 10630 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 10631 10632 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 10633 } 10634 10635 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 10636 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10637 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 10638 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 10639 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 10640 return Import; 10641} 10642 10643void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10644 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 10645 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10646 SourceLocation NameLoc, 10647 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 10648 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 10649 LookupOrdinaryName); 10650 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 10651 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 10652 10653 if (PrevDecl) 10654 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 10655 else 10656 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10657 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 10658} 10659 10660void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10661 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10662 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 10663 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 10664 10665 if (PrevDecl) { 10666 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 10667 } else { 10668 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10669 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 10670 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 10671 } 10672} 10673 10674void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10675 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 10676 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10677 SourceLocation NameLoc, 10678 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 10679 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 10680 LookupOrdinaryName); 10681 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 10682 10683 if (PrevDecl) { 10684 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 10685 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10686 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 10687 } else { 10688 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10689 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 10690 } 10691} 10692 10693Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 10694 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 10695} 10696 10697AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 10698 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext()); 10699 // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. 10700 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) 10701 D = CatD->getClassInterface(); 10702 10703 return D->getAvailability(); 10704} 10705